[an error occurred while processing this directive]

Cisco MGX 8250 Software

1.1.32 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN MGX 8850, 8230, and 8250 Software

 Feedback

Table Of Contents

1.1.32 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN MGX 8850, 8230, and 8250 Software

About These Release Notes

About the 1.1.32 Release

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.32

Stratum 3 Clocking Support

Feature Descriptions

Support for Multiple RPM Card Types

Support for RPM-PR Module with MGX-PXM1

Support for RPM/B in MGX 8230

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.31

Feature Descriptions

CoS Map for FRSM-8

DS3 Loopback on PXM-T3

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines

Independent Service Rate on FRSM-HS1/B

Online Diagnostics for PXM

SRM in MGX 8230

Standard ABR on AUSM

Standard ABR on FRSM-8 and FRSM8-C Modules

Stratum-3 Clocking

VBR-rt on AUSM

VISM 1.5.5 on MGX 8250/8850

VISM 2.0.0 on MGX 8230/8250/8850

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.25

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.24

MGX 8230

MGX 8250

Continued Support for the MGX 8850

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.23

Release 1.1.32 MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Hardware

MGX 8220 Hardware Not Supported on Release 1.1.32 of the MGX 8850

MGX 8220 Hardware That Has Been Superseded on the MGX 8850 by MGX 8850-Specific Hardware

MGX 8220 Hardware Not Supported on the MGX 8850

Software Platform Features

Features Not Supported in This Release

Major Network Management Features

Connection Limits

SNMP MIB

Notes & Cautions

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines

CLI Modification and Changes in this Release

Node Related

RPM Related

Limitations

restoreallcnf

clrsmcnf

Core Dump Mask

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.32

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.31

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.25

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.24

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.23

Compatibility Notes

MGX 8230/8250/8850 Software Interoperability with Other Products

Firmware File Names and Sizes

MGX 8850 Firmware Compatibility

RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8850)

MGX 8250 Firmware Compatibility

RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8250)

MGX 8230 Firmware Compatibility

RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8230)

Compatibility Matrix

Special Installation and Upgrade Requirements

Single PXM Installation Procedure

Installation Procedure for Redundant PXMs

Service Module Firmware Download Procedure

Manual Configuration of Chassis Identification

MGX as a Standalone Node

Chassis Identification During a Firmware Upgrade

Service Module Installation/Upgrade and Flash Download Requirements.

Service Module Upgrades

Known Anomalies for Platform Software and Service Module Firmware

Known Anomalies for RPM release 12.1(1)T

Known Anomalies for RPM Release 12.0(5)T1

RPM Configuration Examples for MPLS-based Virtual Private Networks

One PE - Two CE Configuration

One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & EBGP between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration:

CE2 Configuration

CE3 Configuration:

PE1 Configuration:

PE2 Configuration:

One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & RIP between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration

CE2 Configuration

CE3 Configuration

PE1 Configuration

PE2 Configuration

One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & STATIC ROUTES between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration

CE2 Configuration

CE3 Configuration

PE1 Configuration

PE2 Configuration

Route Processor Module (RPM) Addendum

About the Cisco IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT Release

RPM Compatibility Matrix

Special Upgrade Requirements for RPM

General Upgrade/Downgrade Guidelines

Upgrade the RPM Firmware

Upgrade a RPM/B Module to RPM-PR

Install an RPM-PR Module in a Fresh Slot

Operate an RPM/B or RPM-PR in an MGX 8230 Chassis

New CLI Commands for RPM

Notes and Cautions (RPM)

RPM-PR Back Ethernet Card Support

RPM/B Ethernet Back Card Support

Limitations

Known Anomalies (RPM)

Problems Fixed with IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT

Known Anomalies from Previous Releases

Obtaining Documentation

World Wide Web

Documentation CD-ROM

Ordering Documentation

Documentation Feedback

Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website

Contacting TAC by Telephone


1.1.32 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN MGX 8850, 8230, and 8250 Software


About These Release Notes

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM, a member of the Cisco Connection Family, is updated monthly. Therefore, it might be more current than printed documentation. To order additional copies of the Documentation CD-ROM, contact your local sales representative or call customer service. The CD-ROM package is available as a single package or as an annual subscription. You can also access Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com, or http://www-europe.cisco.com.

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar, select Documentation, and click Enter the feedback form. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. We appreciate your comments.

About the 1.1.32 Release

This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to release 1.1.25.

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.32

RPM features that require 1.1.32 bundled with IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT
Feature
Availability
IOS
CWM

Support for Multiple RPM Card Types

Release 1.1.32

12.1(5.3)T_XT

10.4

Support for RPM-PR module for MGX-PXM1

Release 1.1.32*

12.1(5.3)T_XT

10.4

Support for RPM/B in MGX 8230

Release 1.1.32

12.1(5.3)T_XT

10.4

*Support for RPM-PR is FCS with Release 1.1.32. General Availability of RPM-PR is targeted with Release 1.1.34.


Stratum 3 Clocking Support

Support for Stratum 3 Clocking, including the PXM-UI-S3 back card, is GA with Release 1.1.32 (this feature was supported in field trials only with Release 1.1.31). Refer to Stratum-3 Clocking, for additional information and descriptions.

Feature Descriptions


Note Please refer to the "Route Processor Module (RPM) Addendum" section for additional information and special instructions on the installation of RPM modules with Release 1.1.32.


Support for Multiple RPM Card Types

When multiple RPM card types are present in the network, the PXM1 will recognize and display the correct RPM card type. The current RPM card types are RPM/B and RPM-PR. The MGX 1.1.32 Release contains PXM code base changes that recognize the multiple RPM card types.

Support for RPM-PR Module with MGX-PXM1

The RPM-PR provides the following features:

More than twice the forwarding performance of the RPM/B.

Supports up to 512 Mbytes SDRAM.

Provides integrated ATM SAR with OC-6 cell bus rates to the PXM1.

Flash memory increased to 32M.

The higher-performance RPM requires Software Release 1.1.32, IOS version 12.1(5.3)T_XT and a minimum CWM version of 10.4.

Support for RPM/B in MGX 8230

Installation of the RPM/B in the MGX 8230 requires Release 1.1.32 and IOS version 12.1(5.3)T_XT.


Note Customers planning to use RPM/B in the MGX 8230 should upgrade to MGX Software Release 1.1.32 and CWM 10.4.


Features Introduced in Release 1.1.31

The following Features are available for the MGX 8850, MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 with Release 1.1.31 and IOS 12.1(3)T:

Features that require 1.1.31 bundled with IOS 12.1(3)T
Feature
Availability

CoS Map for FRSM-8

Release 1.1.31

DS3 Loopback on PXM-T3

Release 1.1.31

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines

Release 1.1.31

Independent Service Rate on FRSM-HS1/B

Release 1.1.31

Online Diagnostics for PXM

Release 1.1.31

SRM in MGX 8230

Release 1.1.31

Standard ABR on AUSM

Release 1.1.31

Standard ABR on FRSM-8 and FRSM8-C Modules

Release 1.1.31

Stratum-3 Clocking

Field Trial Only with Release 1.1.31

VBR-rt on AUSM

Release 1.1.31

VISM 1.5.5 on MGX 8250/8850

Release 1.1.31

VISM 2.0.0 on MGX 8230/8250/8850

Release 1.1.31


Feature Descriptions

For descriptions of the features introduced in Release 1.1.31, see the following sections:

CoS Map for FRSM-8.

DS3 Loopback on PXM-T3.

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines.

Independent Service Rate on FRSM-HS1/B.

Online Diagnostics for PXM.

SRM in MGX 8230.

Standard ABR on AUSM.

Standard ABR on FRSM-8 and FRSM8-C Modules.

Stratum-3 Clocking.

VBR-rt on AUSM.

VISM 1.5.5 on MGX 8250/8850.

VISM 2.0.0 on MGX 8230/8250/8850.

CoS Map for FRSM-8

This feature implements the ATM Class of Service (CoS) on the FRSM-8 Module. This feature maps the connection with ATM Class of Service parameters to the appropriate queue in the ingress side of the FRSM-8 and PXM.

Previous versions do not support any CoS type of connections; only ForeSight and non-ForeSight type connections are supported. By mapping the CoS parameters, the connections can then be scheduled in the appropriate queue on the PXM.

The following service types are added to the existing service types: UBR, VBR, VBR-RT, VBR-nRT, and STD-ABR. The current limit on connection count is to be retained as far as possible. This feature is supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability).

DS3 Loopback on PXM-T3

This feature enables the active PXM to initiate the DS3 loopback code (program the T3 framers to generate the sequence of 16 bit FEAC codes, or Far End Alarm and Control codes). The main functions are:

Send alarm or status information from the far-end terminal back to the near-end terminal.

Initiate DS3 loopbacks at the far-end terminal from the near-end terminal.

The active PXM will initiate this code, which will also run on the standby PXM. This feature has CLI support and is supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability).

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines

With Release 1.1.31, both ABR TM4.0 and ForeSight congestion control are supported on the FRSM and AUSM modules. This document contains the following:

Description of the major differences between the TM 4.0-compliant standard ABR and ForeSight ABR.

Guidelines for coexistence of ForeSight with standard ABR connections on the same network.

Example configuration of the two different connection types to have similar characteristics.

Independent Service Rate on FRSM-HS1/B

This feature provides the capability to configure a connection service rate in the ingress direction. Users can also specify EIR if connection is "0" of CIR. This feature is already implemented in FRSM-8 and FRSM-VHS.

This functionality is the same as that provided in FRSM-8 and FRSM-VHS. This feature is not supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability).

Online Diagnostics for PXM

This feature provides hardware tests to check the health of the SRM and PXM modules (both active and standby). This test is non-intrusive and operates with minimum overhead while the shelf is running. Connections, states and tasks are not affected.

The Online Diagnostics are optional tests operated through CLI and SNMP interfaces. The test is invoked from the active PXM. If a standby PXM exists and is in standby state, it also will be tested. When the test is executed, each component is checked and the results are presented on the screen. The results of the diagnostics are written to a log file so they can be viewed and analyzed offline.

Initially, intelligence is not provided, but built-in intelligence may be considered as a future enhancement. The hardware and software components selected for running the diagnostics will be selected from field experience. The targets are hard disk and memory components. Although the intent is to check the health of the hardware, a switchover should not occur except under severe circumstances.

SRM in MGX 8230

This feature provides SRM support in the MGX 8230. Only the newest version of the SRM, MGX-SRM-3T3/C, is supported in the 8230 chassis. This feature is not supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability), but is planned for a future release.

Standard ABR on AUSM

This feature involves implementing the standards-based TM 4.0 ABR congestion control loop. The current AUSM-8 card only supports ForeSight, which is pre-standards-based. Standard ABR is required on AUSM cards in order for them to interoperate with third-party devices that support standard ABR and AXSM cards.

Support for standard ABR calls for implementing the RM cells to perform the flow control. All three modes are considered: EFCI, ER, and RR. Only modes that can be supported on the existing hardware are implemented. In addition, all appropriate behaviors are implemented. These behaviors include Source, Destination, and Switch. Connections with the standard ABR parameter are mapped to the appropriate queue. This feature includes new CLI and MIB support. Also expected for the CWM support is the appropriate formula. Due to current hardware limitation, VS/VD is not considered. This feature is supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability).

Standard ABR on FRSM-8 and FRSM8-C Modules

The feature implements TM 4.0 ABR service on the FRSM card. The current FRSM supports ForeSight, a pre-standard version of congestion control. This feature provides standards-compliant ABR congestion mechanism in addition to ForeSight. The module will generate RM cells to dynamically increase or decrease bandwidth rate. This includes all applicable modes of behavior: Source, Destination, and Switch. Only relevant modes need be considered. Connections with the standard ABR parameter will be mapped to the appropriate queues and will co-exist with ForeSight connection types.

This feature is implemented via appropriate MIBS and CLI. This feature is supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability). ABR license (similar to ForeSight license) is created and is a billable feature. One common license is available for either ForeSight or standard ABR on FRSM. Standard ABR fulfils the standards-compliance part of TM 4.0.

Stratum-3 Clocking

Standard clocking in the MGX is supported with a built-in Stratum-4 clock source. For network applications that require a higher clock accuracy, the PXM-UI back card used with the Stratum-4 can be replaced with an optional PXM-UI-S3 back card that carries a Stratum-3 clock. This clock reference conforms to AT&T T1.5 and ITU G.824 specifications. A provision is also made for a Service Provider to connect an external clock source, if necessary.

Both holdover and fail-over modes are supported by the PXM-UI-S3. That is, if all clock sources fail, the Stratum-3 clock will hold the last best-known clocking frequency.

The default clock is the internal Stratum-4. Pertinent CLI and MIB support are provided for Stratum-3 configuration. The PXM-UI-S3 back card is also recognized by the Cisco WAN Manager.

Hardware Changes

A new PXM-UI-S3 back card replaces existing PXM-UI-B cards.

The new PXM-UI-S3 supports both T1 and E1 interfaces through an RJ-45/48 connector.

CLI

A new CLI cnfclklevel permits the user to set the STRATUM level desired.

Default Settings

The default clock source is set to be the Internal Oscillator. Subsequently, an External/Inband/SM clock can be configured to be the primary/secondary clock driving the node.

Limitations

There are two physical ports on the PXM-UI-S3 back card for providing External clock. However, only "Ext Clk 1" is currently supported. There are 2 physical LAN ports on the PXM-UI-S3 back card. However, only "LAN port 1" is currently supported.


Warning If an External clock was configured to drive the node in Stratum-4 clocking with the old UI back card, and this UI card is replaced with the new PXM-UI-S3 back card, the Stratum-3 clocking must be explicitly configured on the node to continue using the External clock source. The following CLI's must be executed:

* cnfclklevel 3

* cnfextclk (with T1/E1 option)


VBR-rt on AUSM

This feature involves implementing the standard Class of Service on the AUSM-8 Module. VBR-rT CoS is required for video and real time voice applications. In terms of conformance definition it is same as VBR-nRT, which is already supported. The connection parameters will be bounded by Peak Cell rate (PCR), Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) and Maximum Burst Size (MBS). Cell Delay Variation Tolerance (CDVT) will be parameter to characterize the PCR.

This new CoS requires scheduling the appropriate queue in both the ingress and egress direction. It has lower priority than CBR but higher than VBR-nRT.

Appropriate CLI commands to configure the parameters are implemented. This feature is supported by CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability).

VISM 1.5.5 on MGX 8250/8850

VISM 1.5.5 is supported on MGX 8250/8850. For VISM on MGX 8230, please use VISM 2.0.0 listed below. CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability) supports VISM 1.5.5. VISM is not targeted for General Availability.

VoIP using RTP (RFC 1889)

VISMR1.5 supports standards-based VoIP using RTP (RFC1889) and RTCP protocols. This allows VISM to interwork with other VoIP Gateways.

VoAAL2 (With sub-cell multiplexing) PVC

The VISM supports standards-compliant AAL2 adaptation for the transport of voice over an ATM infrastructure. AAL2 trunking mode is supported.

Codec Support

G.711 PCM (A-law, Mu-law), G.726, G.729a/b

8 T1/E1 Interfaces

The VISM supports 8 T1 or 8 E1 interfaces when G.711 PCM coding is used. For higher complexity coders such as G.726-32K and G.729a-8K, the density drops to 6 T1 or 5 E1 interfaces (max 145 channels).

1:N redundancy using SRM.

T3 Interfaces (via SRM Bulk Distribution)

T3 interfaces are supported using the SRM's bulk distribution capability. In this case, the T3 interfaces are physically terminated at the SRM module. The SRM module breaks out the individual T1s and distributes the T1s via the TDM backplane bus to the individual VISM cards for processing.

Echo Cancellation

The VISM provides on-board echo cancellation on a per-connection basis. Up to 128 msec user-configurable near-end delay can be canceled. The echo cancellation is compliant with ITU G.165 and G.168 specifications.

Voice Activity Detection (VAD)

VISM uses VAD to distinguish between silence and voice on an active connection. VAD reduces the bandwidth requirements of a voice connection by not generating traffic during periods of silence in an active voice connection. At the far-end, comfort noise is generated.

Fax/Modem Detection for ECAN and VAD Control

The VISM continually monitors and detects fax and modem carrier tones. When carrier tone from a fax or modem is detected, the connection is upgraded to full PCM to ensure transparent connectivity. Fax and modem tone detection ensures compatibility with all voice-grade data connections.

CAS Tunneling via AAL2 (For AAL2 Trunking Mode)

The VISM in AAL2 mode facilitates transport of CAS signaling information. CAS signaling information is carried transparently across the AAL2 connection using type 3 packets. In this mode, VISM does not interpret any of the signaling information.

PRI Tunneling via AAL5 (For AAL2 Trunking Mode)

VISM supports transport of D-ch signaling information over an AAL5 VC. The signaling channel is transparently carried over the AAL5 VC and delivered to the far-end. In this mode, VISM does not interpret any of the signaling messages.

Voice CAC

VISM can be configured to administer Connection Admission Control (CAC) so that the bandwidth distribution between voice and data can be controlled in AAL2 mode.

Type 3 Packet for DTMF

The VISM in AAL2 mode facilitates transport of DTMF signaling information. DTMF information is carried transparently across the AAL2 connection using type 3 packets.

Dual (Redundant) PVCs for Bearer/Control

The VISM provides the capability to configure two PVCs for bearer/signaling traffic terminating on two external routers (dual-homing). VISM continually monitors the status of the active PVC by using OAM loopback cells. Upon detection of failure, the traffic is automatically switched over to the backup PVC.

64 K Clear Channel Transport

The VISM supports 64 Kbps clear channel support. In this mode, all codecs are disabled and the data is transparently transported through the VISM.

DTMF Relay for G.729

In VoIP mode, DTMF signaling information is transported across the connection using RTP NSE (Named Signaling Event) packets

MGCP 0.1 for VoIP with Softswitch Control

VISM supports Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) Version 0.1. This open protocol allows any Softswitch to interwork with the VISM module.

Resource Coordination via SRCP

Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) provides a hearbeat mechanism between the VISM and the Softswitch. In addition, SRCP also provides the Softswitch with gateway auditing capabilities.

Full COT Functions

VISM provides the capability to initiate continuity test as well as provide loopbacks to facilitate continuity tests when originated from the far-end.

Courtesy Down

This feature provides a mechanism for graceful upgrades. By enabling this feature, no new calls are allowed on the VISM while not disrupting the existing calls. Eventually, when there are no more active calls, the card is ready for a upgrade and/or service interruption.

VISM 2.0.0 on MGX 8230/8250/8850

VISM 2.0.0 supports all of the VISM 1.5.5 features listed above. VISM 2.0.0 is supported on MGX 8230/8250/8850. CWM 10.3 (which is not targeted for General Availability) supports VISM 2.0.0. VISM is not targeted for General Availability.

PRI Backhaul to the Softswitch Using RUDP

The PRI backhaul capability provides PRI termination on the VISM with the Softswitch providing call control. ISDN Layer 2 is terminated on the VISM and the layer 3 messages are transported to the Softswitch using RUDP.

Latency Reduction (<60 ms round-trip)

Significant improvements have been made to bring the round-trip delay to less than 60 ms.

Codecs Preference

VISM provides the capability to have the codecs negotiated between the two end-points of the call. The VISM can be configured, for a given end-point, to have a prioritized list of codecs. Codec negotiation could be directly between the end-points or could be controlled by a Softswitch

31 DS0 for E1 with 240 Channels Only

While all 31 DS0s on a E1 port can be used, there is a limitation of 240 channels per card.

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.25

None.

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.24

While no new features are incorporated into Software Release 1.1.24, this software release does provide support to two new wide area switches, the MGX 8230 and the MGX 8250, as well as continued support for the MGX 8850 switch.

MGX 8230

The MGX 8230 functions as a feeder to the IGX, BPX, or MGX 8850 switches, or can be used for bringing in service. It has a seven slot (double-height) chassis, and the slots are oriented in the following manner:

Two slots are reserved for PXMs.

Two single-height (which equals one double-height) slots are reserved for SRM.

The remaining slots can be configured with four double-height or eight single-height slots, supporting service modules.

Figure 1 shows the MGX 8230 with its door attached. Note that there are light pipes in the door that display the status of the processor models (PXMs). Figure 2 is a conceptual drawing of an MGX 8230 showing the dimensions and the slot numbering. The slot numbering is as it appears from the front of the MGX 8230; slots 8 and 9 refer to back card slots only.

Note that the following features are not supported in this release, but are planned for future releases:

Service Resource Module (SRM)

Route processor module (RPM)

Voice Interface Service Module (VISM)

PNNI (some CLI commands may show options for PNNI, but this feature is not supported)

Figure 1 MGX 8230 with Door Attached

Figure 2 MGX 8230 Dimensions


Note Even though the card slots in an MGX 8230 are horizontal and would more appropriately be called single-width and double-width, this manual still refers to the card slots, and the processor and service modules, as single-height and double-height. This is for consistency because the PXM and service module cards are a subset of the MGX 8850 cards that are installed vertically in an MGX 8850 chassis.


Main Features

Release 1.0 of MGX 8230 includes:

PXM1 with 4-port OC3-C/STM-1.

MMF, SMFLR, and SMFIR back cards are supported.

PXM1 ports are used as ATN UNI or feeder trunks.

Core redundancy for PXM1.

Environmental monitoring.

PXM-1 with one OC-12 port.

PXM1-2-T3E3 provides interfaces for up to two T3 (each at 44.736 Mbps) or two E3 lines (each at 34.368 Mbps).

ATM, Frame Relay, and Circuit Emulation service modules.

AUSM-8T1/E1/B with RJ48-T1/E1 and SMB E1 back card with UNI and IMA support.

FRSM-8T1/E1 with RJ48-T1/E1 and SMB E1 back cards.

FRSM-2T3E3 with BNC-2T3/E3 back cards.

FRSM-HS2 with 2-port HSSI back card.

FRSM-2CT3 with BNC-2T3 back card.

CESM-8T1/E1 with RJ48-T1/E1 and SMB E1 back cards.

CESM-T3E3

1:1 redundancy for T3/E3 cards.

1:N redundancy for T1/E1 service modules.

Graceful upgrade.

1000 connections per card, 4000 connections per shelf (T1 service modules).

The MGX 8230 backplane supports a minimum of 1.2 Gbps of non-blocking switching and has a high-end limit of 21 Gbps with the PXM1. Individual line rates can range from DS0 through OC-3.

The MGX 8230 can also support a wide range of services over narrowband and mid-band user interfaces. It maps all the service traffic to and from ATM circuits based on standardized interworking methods.

The MGX 8230 supports up to 64 channelized or non-channelized T1 and E1 interfaces on a single IP + TM multiservice gateway. These interfaces support:

Frame Relay UNI and NNI

ATM UNI, NNI, and FUNI

Frame Relay-to-ATM network interworking

Frame Relay-to-ATM service interworking

Circuit emulation services

Frame-based services on T3 and E3 high-speed lines are also supported.

The MGX 8230 also supports Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) to provide ATM connectivity below T3 or E3 rates via the AUSM-8T1/E1 (AUSM/B).

The modular, software-based system architecture enables it to support new features through downloadable software upgrades or new hardware modules.

The Service Resource Module-3T3 (MGX-SRM-3T3/B), when supported in a future release, will be able to support up to 64 T1 interfaces over its three T2 lines and provide 1:N redundancy for the T1 and E1 cards. This feature is described in the MGX 8230 switch documentation, but is currently not supported by the hardware.

Standards-Based Conversion to ATM

The MGX 8230 converts all user-information into 53-byte ATM cells by using the appropriate ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) for transport over the ATM backbone network. The individual service modules segment and reassemble (SAR) cells to eliminate system bottlenecks. The following list shows the applicable AAL for each service:

Circuit emulation services uses AAL1.

Frame Relay-to-ATM network interworking uses AAL5 and Frame Relay Service Specific Convergence Sub-layer (FR-SSCS).

Frame Relay-to-ATM service interworking uses both transparent and translation modes to map Frame Relay to native ATM AAL5.

Frame forwarding uses AAL5.

Refer to the Cisco MGX 8230 Installation and Configuration Guide for further installation and physical descriptions for the MGX 8230 switch.

MGX 8230 Cards

MGX 8230 Processor Switch Module (PXM1)

The MGX 8230 Processor Switch Module (PXM1) performs shelf control and shared-memory switching functions. It also serves as a data processing and ATM interface card. The PXM1 processor module for the MGX 8230 is identical to the PXM1 for the MGX 8250.

Primarily, the MGX 8230 PXM1 controls the switch and provides 1.2 Gbps of non-blocking, shared memory ATM switching and ATM trunking up to OC-12 speed. In addition, the PXM features:

A 4.0-Gigabyte hard disk drive that holds software, firmware for all the cards, and a substantial amount of other information.

Environmental monitoring (cabinet temperature, fan speed, and power supply voltages).

Hot swappable, 1:1 redundancy.

The PXM1 and its two types of back cards make up the required control card set. The following are model numbers of cards supported by the MGX 8230 for this release:

The following are model numbers of cards supported by the MGX 8230 for this release:

PXM1-4-155, PXM1-1-622, and PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM-UI (user interface back card)

MGX-MMF-4-155 (uplink back card)

MGX-SMFIR-4-155 (uplink back card)

MGX-SMFLR-4-155 (uplink back card)

MGX-BNC-2-T3 (uplink back card)

MGX-BNC-2-E3 (uplink back card)

MGX-SMFIR-2R-1-622 (uplink back card)

MGX-SMFLR-1-622 (uplink back card)

PXM1 User Interface Back Card

The PXM1 User Interface card (PXM-UI) provides the MGX 8230 with the several user- interface ports. It mates with an PXM1 through the backplane and is installed in a back card slot (slot 8 or 9). As seen from the back of the MGX 8230, the PXM-UI will plug into the slot that is on the right side of its corresponding PXM1. The user-interface ports provide the following functions:

User and management interface to an ASCII terminal or workstation

Network synchronization for the shelf

Central office-compatible major/minor alarm interface

The PXM UI has the following physical connectors and interfaces:

RJ-45 T1 clock input—BITS clock source

RJ-45 Maintenance port—RJ-45 connector, EIA/TIA 232, DTE mode, asynchronous interface, 19200 bits per second, 1 start bit, 1 stop bit, no parity bits.

RJ-45 Control port— EIA/TIA 232, DTE mode, asynchronous interface, 9600 bits per second, 1 start, 1 stop, no parity.

RJ-45 LAN port—10BaseT, 802.3 Ethernet

SMB connector E1 clock input—BITS clock source

DB-15 female connector for alarm outputs

MGX 8230 OC-3 Uplink Back Card

The MGX 8230 Uplink back card, which mates with a corresponding PXM1 through the backplane, provides the feeder trunk to the MGX switch. This uplink back card can provide either a multi-mode or single-mode fiber OC-3 interface:

MGX-MMF-4-155 (multi-mode fiber uplink back card)

MGX-SMFIR-4-155 (single-mode fiber intermediate reach uplink back card)

MGX-SMFLR-4-155 (single-mode fiber long reach uplink back card)

FRSM Cards

The primary function of the FRSM is to convert between the Frame Relay-formatted data and ATM/AAL5 cell-formatted data. It converts the header format and translates the address for Frame Relay port/DLCIs, ATM-Frame UNI (FUNI) port/frame address, or frame forwarding port, and the ATM virtual connection identifiers (VPI/VCIs).

The MGX 8230 supports the following FRSM models:

Frame Service Module for T1 (FRSM-8T1)
The FRSM-8T1 card provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, FR-NNI port, ATM-FUNI, or a frame forwarding port.
Note that this unchannelized card cannot be configured to support sub-T rates.

Frame Service Module for T1, channelized (FRSM-8T1-C)
The FRSM-8T1-C card provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support up to twenty-four 56 Kbps or Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, FR-NNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding ports.

Frame Service Module for E1 (FRSM-8E1)
The FRSM-8E1 card provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, FR-NNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for E1, channelized (FRSM-8E1-C)
The FRSM-8E1-C card provides interfaces for up to eight E1 channelized Frame Relay lines, each of which can support multiple (up to thirty-one) 56 Kbps or Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, FR-NNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding ports.

Frame Service Module for T3 and E3 (FRSM-2E3T3)
The FRSM-2E3/T3 card provides interfaces for up to two T3 or E3 Frame Relay lines, each of which can support either two T3 lines (each at 44.736 Mbps) or two E3 lines (each at 34.368 Mbps) FR-UNI, FR-NNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding ports.

Frame Service Module for channelized T3 (FRSM-2CT3)
The FRSM-2CT3 card supports interfaces for up to two T3 channelized Fame Relay lines, each of which supports 56 Kbps, 64 Kbps, Nx56 Kbps, Nx64 Kbps, T1 ports for a total of 256 ports that can be freely distributed across the two T3 lines.

FRSM-HS2
The FRSM-HS2 provides unchannelized Frame Relay service for up to 1000 user-connections over two HSSI lines on the SCSI2-2HSSI back card. The maximum rate for the card is 104 Mbps. Each port can operate in either DTE or DCE mode with incremental rates of N x T1 or N x E1 up to
52 Mbps.

OC-12 Uplink Back Card

For Automatic Protection Switching (APS) requires the "B" model—an SMFLR-1-622/B.

SMFIR-1-622 Back Card

For Automatic Protection Switching (APS) requires the "B" model—an SMFIR-1-622/B.

BNC-2T3 Back Card

BNC-2E3 Back Card

Two versions of the BNC-2E3 card are available. The BNC-2E3A applies to Australia only, and the BNC-2E3 applies to all other sites that require E3 lines on the PXM uplink card.

ATM Universal Service Module

AUSM/B Front Card

AUSM/B Back Cards

The MGX-AUSM/B-8T1 and MGX-AUSM/B-8E1 use the generic 8-port T1 or E1 line modules that operate with the 8-port service modules. The standard T1 version of the back card has eight RJ-48 connectors. The standard versions of the E1 back card have either eight RJ-48 connectors or eight pairs of SMB connectors. The following back cards are compatible with the AUSM/B:

RJ48-8T1 back card for T1

RJ48-8E1 back card for E1

SMB-8E1 back card for E1

Circuit Emulation Service Module 8T1E1

CESM Models

The MGX 8230 supports the following CESM models:

Circuit Emulation Service Module for T1 (CESM-8T1)
The CESM-8T1 card provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which is a 1.544 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Circuit Emulation Service Module for E1 (CESM-8E1)
The CESM-8E1 card provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which is a 2.048 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Circuit Emulation Service Module for T3/E3 (CESM-T3E3)

The CESM-8T1E1 card set consists of the CESM-8T1E1 front card and one of the following back cards:

RJ48-8T1-LM

RJ48-8E1-LM

SMB-8E1-LM

Redundancy Architecture

Since the MGX 8230 chassis is a smaller form factor MGX 8850, most of the redundancy features available in MGX 8850 are available in MGX 8230 chassis. The following is a list of available redundancy features on the MGX 8230 chassis.

Dual PXM

Y-cable redundancy on PXM uplink ports

1:N redundancy for T1/E1 service modules

Eight cell buses per PXM

N+1 cooling fan redundancy

N+1 AC or DC power redundancy (optional)

1:1 Y-cable redundancy for T3/E3 interfaces

MGX 8230 Management

To give you access for control purposes, the MGX 8230 switch supports high- and low-level user interfaces. You can use the Cisco WAN Manager application (formerly StrataView Plus) for connection management, the CiscoView application for hardware configuration, and a command line interface for low-level control of hardware functionality and connection control. An assortment of ports and protocols supports these user-interfaces. For communicating with the MGX 8230 switch, the control port (SLIP protocol only), the LAN (Ethernet) port, and the in-band ATM connection (feeder application only) all support access by the command line interface (CLI) via Telnet, TFTP, and SNMP protocols.

The downloadable firmware on each card determines the functionality, and you can upgrade functionality by downloading new firmware through a TFTP application on a workstation or a PC.

The current status and configuration parameters of the MGX 8230 modules reside in a Management Information Base (MIB). The firmware on each card updates the MIB as changes in status and configuration occur.

MGX 8250

The Cisco MGX 8250 wide-area edge switch supports:

Integrated IP+ATM services

Frame Relay

IP-based virtual private network

Video

Circuit emulation services for private line replacement

It does not support PNNI, despite the fact that some CLI commands may show options for PNNI.

This chapter contains a brief outline of the features of the Cisco MGX 8250 switch. An illustration of the AC-powered version of the switch appears in Figure 3.

Figure 3 MGX 8250 Switch

The Applications of the MGX 8250 Switch

The MGX 8250 switch operates in two operational applications:

As a feeder, the MGX 8250 switch concentrates narrow-band and medium-band ATM, Frame Relay, and voice into a single, wide-band ATM feeder trunk to an BPX 8600 series switch.

As a stand-alone node, the MGX 8250 switch concentrates narrow-band and medium-band ATM, Frame Relay, and voice into a single ATM line to at third-party switch. The MGX 8250 interface in this application is a UNI or an NNI.

For a description of how to configure the switches for a particular application, see the MGX 8250 Switch Installation and Configuration Guide.

The switch is also capable of supporting Cisco Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS).

Universal Edge Architecture

The MGX 8250 switch can support a wide range of services over narrowband and mid-band user interfaces. It maps all the service traffic to and from ATM by using standardized interworking methods.

The supported interfaces for user-traffic are:

Frame Relay UNI on T3, E3, HSSI, T1, and E1 lines

ATM UNI and FUNI and optional inverse multiplexing for ATM (IMA)

Frame Relay to ATM network interworking and service interworking

Circuit emulation services (T1/E1 and T3/E3)

The optional Service Resource Module-3T3 (MGX-SRM-3T3/B) can support up to 80 T1 interfaces over its three T3 lines and provide 1:N redundancy for the T1 and E1 cards.

The modular, software-based system architecture enables the switch to support new features through downloadable software upgrades or new hardware modules.

The MGX 8250 backplane supports a minimum of 1.2 Gbps of non-blocking switching. Individual line rates range from DS0 through OC-12.

Standards-Based Conversion to ATM

The MGX 8250 switch converts all user information into 53-byte ATM cells by using the appropriate ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) for transport over the ATM backbone network. The individual service modules segment and reassemble (SAR) cells to eliminate system bottlenecks. The following list shows the applicable AAL for each service:

Circuit emulation services uses AAL1.

Frame Relay-to-ATM network interworking uses AAL5 and Frame Relay Service Specific Convergence Sub-layer (FR-SSCS).

Frame Relay-to-ATM service interworking uses both transparent and translation modes to map Frame Relay to native ATM AAL5.

Frame forwarding uses AAL5.

MGX 8250 Cards

The MGX 8250 switch supports core cards and service modules. The Processor Switching Module (PXM) and optional Service Resource Module (SRM) are core cards. In addition to the PXM being a core card, it is also part of a a card set. A card set consists of a front card, a back card, and a daughter card. Service modules are not combined in this manner and are never part of a card set. Instead, service modules provide the interface to the transport technologies of the CPE—Frame Relay, ATM, and so on. The MGX 8250 enclosure contains up to 24 service modules (I/O cards) and 4 optional Service Redundancy Modules (SRMs) provide redundancy. A card set consists of a front card with its attached daughter card and a back card (or line module). The front card contains the processing intelligence and, on the daughter card, the firmware that distinguishes the interface (OC-3, T3, E3, and so on). The back card is a simple card that provides the electrical interface for one or more lines of a particular type. The MGX 8250 front and back cards are the:

Processor Switching Module (PXM1)
This front card controls the switch and supports external interfaces for user-access and trunking or UNI ports. The back cards consist of a user interface card (PXM-UI) and a broadband network module (see subsequent list items).

Processor Switch Module User Interface (PXM1-UI)
The PXM1-UI is the user interface card that has various types of ports to let you access and control the switch.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-SMFIR-1-622 and MGX-SMFLR-1-622)
The SMFIR-1-622 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides a SONET OC12/STM4 ATM interface at 622 Mbps.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-MMF-4-155)
The MMF-4-155 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides four SONET OC3/STM1 ATM interfaces at 155 Mbps.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-BNC-2T3)
The MGX-BNC-2T3 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides two T3 ATM interfaces.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-BNC-2E3)
The MGX-BNC-2E3 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides two E3 ATM interfaces. A version for Australia, New Zealand, and elsewhere is available (MGX-BNC-2E3A).

Frame Service Module for T3 and E3 (MGX-FRSM-2E3T3)
The MGX-FRSM-2E3/T3 provides interfaces for up to two T3 or E3 Frame Relay lines, each of which can support either two T3 lines (each at 44.736 Mbps) or two E3 lines (each at 34.368Mbps) FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for channelized T3 (MGX-FRSM-2CT3)
The MGX-FRSM-2CT3 supports interfaces for up to two T3 channelized Frame Relay lines, each of which supports 56 Kbps, 64 Kbps, Nx56 Kbps, Nx64 Kbps, T1 ports for a total of 256 ports that can be freely distributed across the two T3 lines.

Frame Service Module for unchannelized HSSI (MGX-HS2/B)
The MGX-HS2/B supports interfaces for 2 unchannelized HSSI lines, each of which supports approximately 51 Mbps. With both lines operating, maximum throughput is 70 Mbps.

Frame Service Module for T1 (AX-FRSM-8T1)
The AX-FRSM-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or a frame forwarding port. Note that this unchannelized card cannot be configured to support sub-T rates.

Frame Service Module for T1, channelized (AX-FRSM-8T1c)
The AX-FRSM-8T1c provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support up to 24 56 Kbps or N x 64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for E1 (AX-FRSM-8E1)
The AX-FRSM-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one N x 64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for E1, channelized (AX-FRSM-8E1c)
The AX-FRSM-8E1c provides interfaces for up to 8 E1 channelized Frame Relay lines Each line can support N x 64-Kbps or (up to 31) 56-Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding ports.

ATM UNI Service Module for T1 (MGX-AUSM/B-8T1)
The MGX-AUSM/B-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines. You can group N x T1 lines to form a single, logical interface (IMA).

ATM UNI Service Module for E1 (MGX-AUSM/B-8E1)
The MGX-AUSM/B-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines. You can group N x E1 lines to form a single, logical interface (IMA).

Circuit Emulation Service Module for T1 (AX-CESM-8T1)
The AX-CESM-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which is a 1.544 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Circuit Emulation Service Module for E1 (AX-CESM-8E1)
The AX-CESM-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which is a 2.048 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Route Processor Module (RPM)
The RPM is a Cisco 7200 series router redesigned as a double-height card. Each RPM uses two single-height back cards. The back-card types are single-port Fast Ethernet, four-port Ethernet, and single-port (FDDI).

Service Resource Module (MGX-SRM-3T3/B)
The optional MGX-SRM-3T3/B provides bit error rate testing (BERT), 1:N redundancy for T1 and E1 service modules, and a demultiplexing function for T1 service called bulk mode.

Smart Serial Interface FRSM-HS1/B 12IN1
A multipersonality back card that supports either X.21 or V.35 interface.

MGX 8250 Management

To give you access for control purposes, the MGX 8250 switch supports high- and low-level user interfaces. You can use the Cisco WAN Manager application (formerly StrataView Plus) for connection management, the CiscoView application for hardware configuration, and a command line interface for low-level control of hardware functionality and connection control. An assortment of ports and protocols supports these user-interfaces. For communicating with the MGX 8250 switch, the control port (SLIP protocol only), the LAN (Ethernet) port, and the in-band ATM connection (feeder application only) all support access by the command line interface (CLI) via Telnet, TFTP, and SNMP protocols.

The downloadable firmware on each card determines the functionality, and you can upgrade functionality by downloading new firmware through a TFTP application on a workstation or a PC.

The current status and configuration parameters of the MGX 8250 modules reside in a Management Information Base (MIB). The firmware on each card updates the MIB as changes in status and configuration occur.

Continued Support for the MGX 8850

The Cisco MGX 8850 wide area edge switch supports:

Integrated IP+ATM services

Frame Relay

IP-based virtual private network

Video

Circuit emulation services for private line replacement

It does not support PNNI, despite the fact that some CLI commands may show options for PNNI.

An illustration of the AC-powered version of the switch appears in Figure 4.

Figure 4 MGX 8850 Switch

The Applications of the MGX 8850 Switch

The MGX 8850 switch operates in two operational applications:

As a feeder, the MGX 8850 switch concentrates narrow-band and medium-band ATM, Frame Relay, and voice into a single, wide-band ATM feeder trunk to an BPX 8600 series switch.

As a stand-alone node, the MGX 8850 switch concentrates narrow-band and medium-band ATM, Frame Relay, and voice into a single ATM line to at third-party switch. The MGX 8850 interface in this application is a UNI or an NNI.

For a description of how to configure the switches for a particular application, see the MGX 8250 Switch Installation and Configuration Guide.

The switch is also capable of supporting Cisco Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS).

Universal Edge Architecture

The MGX 8850 switch can support a wide range of services over narrowband and mid-band user interfaces. It maps all the service traffic to and from ATM by using standardized interworking methods. When the MGX 8850 switch operates as a feeder, it uses a single port to communicate the aggregated traffic over an ATM interface with an MGX 8850 or BPX 8600 series switch.

The supported interfaces for user-traffic are:

Frame Relay UNI on T3, E3, HSSI, T1, and E1 lines

ATM UNI and FUNI and optional inverse multiplexing for ATM (IMA)

Frame Relay to ATM network interworking and service interworking

Circuit emulation services

The optional Service Resource Module-3T3 (MGX-SRM-3T3/B) can support up to 80 T1 interfaces over its 3 T3 lines and provide 1:N redundancy for the T1 and E1 cards.

The modular, software-based system architecture enables the switch to support new features through downloadable software upgrades or new hardware modules.

The MGX 8850 backplane supports a minimum of 1.2 Gbps of non-blocking switching up to
45 Gbps. Individual line rates range from DS0 through OC-12.

Standards-Based Conversion to ATM

The MGX 8850 switch converts all user-information into 53-byte ATM cells by using the appropriate ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) for transport over the ATM backbone network. The individual service modules segment and reassemble (SAR) cells to eliminate system bottlenecks. The following list shows the applicable AAL for each service:

Circuit emulation services uses AAL1.

Frame Relay-to-ATM network interworking uses AAL5 and Frame Relay Service Specific Convergence Sub-layer (FR-SSCS).

Frame Relay-to-ATM service interworking uses both transparent and translation modes to map Frame Relay to native ATM AAL5.

Frame forwarding uses AAL5.

MGX 8850 Cards

The MGX 8850 switch supports two types of card sets: the core cards (or core modules) and service modules. The Processor Switching Module (PXM) and optional Service Resource Module (SRM) are core cards. The service modules provide the interface to the transport technologies of the CPE—Frame Relay, ATM, and so on. The MGX 8850 enclosure contains up to 24 service modules (I/O cards) and 4 optional Service Redundancy Modules (SRMs) provide redundancy. A card set consists of a front card with its attached daughter card and a back card (or line module). The front card contains the processing intelligence and, on the daughter card, the firmware that distinguishes the interface (OC-3, T3, E3, and so on). The back card is a simple card that provides the electrical interface for one or more lines of a particular type. The MGX 8850 front and back cards are the:

Processor Switching Module (PXM1)
This front card controls the switch and supports external interfaces for user-access and trunking or UNI ports. The back cards consist of a user interface card (PXM-UI) and a broadband network module (see subsequent list items).

Processor Switch Module User Interface (PXM1-UI)
The PXM1-UI is the user interface card that has various types of ports to let you access and control the switch.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-SMFIR-1-622 and MGX-SMFLR-1-622)
The SMFIR-1-622 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides a SONET OC12/STM4 ATM interface at 622 Mbps.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-MMF-4-155)
The MMF-4-155 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides four SONET OC3/STM1 ATM interfaces at 155 Mbps.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-BNC-2T3)
The MGX-BNC-2T3 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides two T3 ATM interfaces.

Broadband Network Module (MGX-BNC-2E3)
The MGX-BNC-2E3 is a broadband network module for the PXM and provides two E3 ATM interfaces. A version for Australia, New Zealand, and elsewhere is available (MGX-BNC-2E3A).

Frame Service Module for T3 and E3 (MGX-FRSM-2E3T3)
The MGX-FRSM-2E3/T3 provides interfaces for up to two T3 or E3 Frame Relay lines, each of which can support either two T3 lines (each at 44.736 Mbps) or two E3 lines (each at 34.368Mbps) FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for channelized T3 (MGX-FRSM-2CT3)
The MGX-FRSM-2CT3 supports interfaces for up to two T3 channelized Frame Relay lines, each of which supports 56 Kbps, 64 Kbps, Nx56 Kbps, Nx64 Kbps, T1 ports for a total of 256 ports that can be freely distributed across the two T3 lines.

Frame Service Module for unchannelized HSSI (MGX-HS2/B)
The MGX-HS2/B supports interfaces for two unchannelized HSSI lines, each of which supports approximately 51 Mbps. With both lines operating, maximum throughput is 70 Mbps.

Frame Service Module for T1 (AX-FRSM-8T1)
The AX-FRSM-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one Nx64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or a frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for T1, channelized (AX-FRSM-8T1c)
The AX-FRSM-8T1c provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which can support up to 24 56 Kbps or N x 64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for E1 (AX-FRSM-8E1)
The AX-FRSM-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which can support one
56 Kbps or one N x 64 Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding port.

Frame Service Module for E1, channelized (AX-FRSM-8E1c)
The AX-FRSM-8E1c provides interfaces for up to eight E1 channelized Frame Relay lines Each line can support N x 64-Kbps or (up to 31) 56-Kbps FR-UNI, ATM-FUNI, or frame forwarding ports.

ATM UNI Service Module for T1 (MGX-AUSM/B-8T1)
The MGX-AUSM/B-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines. You can group N x T1 lines to form a single, logical interface (IMA).

ATM UNI Service Module for E1 (MGX-AUSM/B-8E1)
The MGX-AUSM/B-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines. You can group N x E1 lines to form a single, logical interface (IMA).

Circuit Emulation Service Module for T1 (AX-CESM-8T1)
The AX-CESM-8T1 provides interfaces for up to eight T1 lines, each of which is a 1.544 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Circuit Emulation Service Module for E1 (AX-CESM-8E1)
The AX-CESM-8E1 provides interfaces for up to eight E1 lines, each of which is a 2.048 Mbps structured or unstructured synchronous data stream.

Route Processor Module (RPM)
The RPM is a Cisco 7200 series router redesigned as a double-height card. Each RPM uses two single-height back cards. The back-card types are: single port Fast Ethernet, four port Ethernet, and single-port (FDDI).

Service Resource Module (MGX-SRM-3T3/B)
The optional MGX-SRM-3T3/B provides bit error rate testing (BERT), 1:N redundancy for T1 and E1 service modules, and a demultiplexing function for T1 service called bulk mode.

Smart Serial Interface FRSM-HS1/B 12IN1
A multi-personality back card that supports either X.21 or V.35 interface.

MGX 8850 Management

To give you access for control purposes, the MGX 8850 switch supports high- and low-level user interfaces. You can use the Cisco WAN Manager application (formerly StrataView Plus) for connection management, the CiscoView application for hardware configuration, and a command line interface for low-level control of hardware functionality and connection control. An assortment of ports and protocols supports these user-interfaces. For communicating with the MGX 8850 switch, the control port (SLIP protocol only), the LAN (Ethernet) port, and the in-band ATM connection (feeder application only) all support access by the command line interface (CLI) via Telnet, TFTP, and SNMP protocols.

The downloadable firmware on each card determines the functionality, and you can upgrade functionality by downloading new firmware through a TFTP application on a workstation or a PC.

The current status and configuration parameters of the MGX 8850 modules reside in a Management Information Base (MIB). The firmware on each card updates the MIB as changes in status and configuration occur.

Features Introduced in Release 1.1.23

MGX 8850 Release 1.1.23 is a maintenance release of Release 1.1.22. In addition, it introduces the following new features:

Dynamic subrate FRSM-T3E3.

Clrsmcnf/savesmcnf/restoresmcnf feature support for VISM.

Switchcc and Softswitch performance enhancement (See Problems Fixed).

New database integrity check commands.

Model # recognition for MGX 8230 and MGX 8250.

Release 1.1.32 MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Hardware

MGX 8850 is a 45 Gbps backplane with 1.2 Gbps switching fabric for Release 1.1.32. The same backplane is used with different switching fabric cards (1.2, 45 Gbps) to achieve scalability. MGX 8850 Release 1.1.21 hardware components and their revisions that are supported are as follows:

Front Card Model #
Rev #
Back Card Model #
Rev #

MGX 8850 Chassis

A

   

MGX 8230 Chassis

A

   

MGX 8250 Chassis

A

   

MGX-DC power supply

MGX-AC1 power supply

MGX-AC2-2 power supply

PS-1200-AC power supply

A

A

A

A

   

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

B

MGX-BNC-3T3-M

A

PXM1

H

PXM-UI

A

PXM 1-2-T3E3

H

PXM-UI

MGX-BNC-2E3

MGX-BNC-2E3A

MGX-BNC-2T3

A

A

A

A

PXM 1-4-155

J

PXM-UI

MGX-MMF-4-155

MGX-SMFIR-4-155

MGX-SMFLR-4-155

A

A

A

A

PXM 1-1-622

H

PXM-UI

MGX-SMFIR-1-622

MGX-SMFLR-1-622

A

A

A

MGX-RPM 64M/B

A

MGX-RJ45-FE

MGX-MMF-FE

MGX-RJ45-4E

MGX-MMF-FDDI

MGX-SMF-FDDI

MGX-MMF-FDDI/FD

MGX-SMF-FDDI/FD

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

MGX RPM-128M/B

A

MGX-RJ45-FE

MGX-MMF-FE

MGX-RJ45-4E

MGX-MMF-FDDI

MGX-SMF-FDDI

MGX-MMF-FDDI/FD

MGX-SMF-FDDI/FD

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

AX-CESM-8E1

B

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-SMB-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

B

C

B

B

AX-CESM-8T1

B

AX-RJ48-8T1

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

B

B

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

A

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-SMB-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

B

C

B

B

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

A

AX-RJ48-8T1

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

B

B

AX-FRSM-8E1

B

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-SMB-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

B

C

B

B

MGX-VISM-8T1

B

AX-RJ48-8T1

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

B

B

MGX-VISM-8E1

B

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-SMB-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

B

C

B

B

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

B

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-SMB-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

B

C

B

B

AX-FRSM-8T1

B

AX-RJ48-8T1

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

B

B

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

B

AX-RJ48-8T1

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

B

B

MGX-FRSM-HS2/B

B

MGX-SCSCI2-2HSSI/B

A

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

C

MGX-BNC-2T3

A

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

C

MGX-BNC-2E3

MGX-BNC-2E3A

A

A

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

A

MGX-12IN1-4S

A

MGX-CESM-T3E3

C

MGX-BNC-2T3

MGX-BNC-2E3

MGX-BNC-2E3A

A

A

A


Support for embedded Cisco IOS router (Router Processor Module - [RPM])

The RPM is an embedded Cisco IOS router with integrated ATM Deluxe Port Adapter and cell bus controller ASIC for internal connections to the backplane cell bus. A number of port adapters (back cards) can be configured with the RPM front card (FDDI, Ethernet, Fast Ethernet).

4E Adapter

FE Adapter (UTP, MMF)

FDDI Adapter (full duplex, half duplex, SMF, MMF)

MGX 8220 Hardware Not Supported on Release 1.1.32 of the MGX 8850

The following cards are not supported in Release 1.1.32:

AX-SRM-T1E1

AX-SMB-8E1

AX-R-SMD-8E1

AX-RJ48-8E1

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

MGX 8220 Hardware That Has Been Superseded on the MGX 8850 by MGX 8850-Specific Hardware

AX-SRM-3T3-A and AX-BNC-3T3 card set

The MGX-SRM-3T3-C front card replaces the original AX-SRM-3T3-A front card and the MGX-BNC-3T3 back card replaces the original AX-BNC-3T3 back card. This change allows the use of slots 9, 10, 25, and 26 for 1:N redundancy and BERT in the MGX 8850 chassis. Both the AX-SRM-3T3-A/AX-BNC-3T3 card set and the MGX-SRM-3T3-C/MGX-BNC-3T3 card set are supported on the MGX 8220.

New card should have enabled use of bulk distribution in slots 9 and 10. 1:N redundancy should have been supported in those slots with the model A card.

AX-SCSI2-2HSSI

Superseded by the MGX-SCSCI2-2HSSI/B, which works with the MGX-FRSM-HS2 front card. A V.35 interface is supported on the MGX-FRSM-HS1/B in this release.

AX-IMATM

Superseded by MGX-AUSM-8T1/B and MGX-AUSM-8E1/B.

AX-IMATM-B

Superseded by MGX-AUSM-8T1/B and MGX-AUSM-8E1/B.

MGX 8220 Hardware Not Supported on the MGX 8850

AX-FRASM-8T1

All four-port MGX 8220 cards

AX-AUSM-8T1

AX-AUSM-8E1

Software Platform Features

MGX 8850 provides high-speed native ATM interfaces, which can be configured as ATM UNI ports or trunks.

Support for 1:N and 1:1 Service Module Redundancy, as indicated in the following table:

Front Card Model #
Redundancy Supported

MGX-RPM-64M/B

No redundancy

MGX-RPM-128M/B

No redundancy

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

1:N redundancy

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

1:N redundancy

AX-CESM-8E1

1:N redundancy

AX-CESM-8T1

1:N redundancy

MGX-CESM-2T3E3

1:1 redundancy

AX-FRSM-8E1

1:N redundancy

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

1:N redundancy

AX-FRSM-8T1

1:N redundancy

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

1:N redundancy

MGX-FRSM-HS2

1:1 redundancy

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

1:1 redundancy

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

1:1 redundancy

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

No redundancy

MGX-T3E3

1:1 redundancy

MGX-VISM-8T1

1:N redundancy (bulk mode support for T1 lines only)

MGX-VISM-8E1

1:N redundancy (bulk mode support for T1 lines only)


Support for Bulk Distribution using SRM-3T3-C card.

Service module and PXM upgrades.

Features Not Supported in This Release

RPM 1:1 redundancy

RPM statistics

Layer 2 support as an AutoRoute routing node

SRM T1E1

IPX end-points with the MGX 8850

E1 users circuits

T1/CAS backhaul

Interworking with SGCP 1.1+ compliant call agent (Bellcore CA SM1.5)

Interworking with Cisco 3810

G.726 and G.729 voice compression

G729b voice activity detection

Voice Circuit Admission Control (CAC)

Bearer continuity testing

Ring back tone on Ground Start

Separate PVCs for signaling and bearer channels


Note Code for the above features may be included in the VISM code image. However, no specific mechanism has been included to prevent the use of these unsupported features. If the user attempts to use these unsupported features, there is no guarantee that the features will operate correctly.


Major Network Management Features

CWM Connection Management

CiscoView support for equipment management

CLI support

Service MIB support

Connection Management for connections to RPM with associated CM GUI support

Topology subsystem enhancements to support the MGX 8850 as a stand-alone switch

Statistics

For more details refer to the CWM Release 9.2.07 release notes part number 78-6659-07.

Connection Limits

Up to 4000 connections per VHS card.

Up to 1000 connections per eight-port card (up to 898 per port with LMI enabled).

Up to 200 connections per HS1 card.

Up to 12000 connections per shelf.

SNMP MIB

The SNMP MGX 8850 MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 1.1.32 of the MGX 8850 software on CCO. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the same directory within CCO. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers. For changes in this MIB from Release 1.1.25, please refer to the MIB release notes on CCO. The following files are required:

BASIS-GENERIC-MIB.my

BASIS-MIB.my

CISCO-WAN-AXIPOP-MIB.my

BASIS-RAS-DISK-MIB.my

BASIS-SHELF-MIB.my

CISCO-WAN-MG-MIB.my

cardGeneric1.my

errStatus.my

CISCO-MGX82XX-DSX1-MIB.my

GENERICOBJECT-MIB.my

CISCO-MGX82XX-DSX3-MIB.my

RTM-MIB.my

CISCO-MGX82XX-SONET-MIB.my

vismLapd.my

CISCO-MGX82XX-TRAPS-MIB.my

vismRudpSession.my

Notes & Cautions

In Release 1.1.32, the default UPC connection parameters on the PXM have changed. The default PCR is 50 cps, and the default for policing is "enabled." These settings are insufficient for running RPM ISIS protocol over the connection, and with such settings, the ISIS protocol will fail. The PCR value needs to be increased, depending upon the number of interfaces configured for ISIS on the RPM. CLI modification and changes in this release.

Depending upon your connection type, you can use the following CLIs to modify the PCR parameter.

cnfupccbr

cnfupcvbr

cnfupcabr

cnfupcubr

ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines

ForeSight is similar to the rate-based ABR control system in TM 4.0 in that they both use Rate up and Rate down messages sent to the source of the connection to control the rate a connection runs at, based on congestion within the switches along that connections path. Both systems use Resource Management (RM) cells to pass these messages. There are differences between the two systems that need to be considered.

RM Cell Generation

ForeSight is a destination-driven congestion notification mechanism. The destination switch is responsible for generating the RM cells, which defaults to every 100 ms. This means that any rate modifications at the source end happen approximately every 100 ms, and the time delay between the actual congestion at the destination and the source getting to know about it could be 100 ms.

In standard ABR a source generates FRM cells every (nRM) cell intervals, where n is configurable. These are used to pass congestion information along to the destination switch, which then uses this information to generate BRM (Backward RM cells) back to the source A further consideration is that the actual user data flow will be lower for an equivalent rate due to the additional RM cells. Therefore, the more traffic being generated on a connection at any one time, the faster the feedback will be to the source.

There is also a TRM parameter which states that if no RM cells have been generated after this time has passed then one will automatically be sent. Depending upon the speed it is running at, an ABR connection may therefore react faster or slower to congestion than the equivalent ForeSight connection. (for example, if an ABR connection runs at 100 cells per second, and nRM is 32, then approximately three RM cells will be generated per second, or once every 300 msecs. If it runs at 1000 cps then an RM cell would be generated approximately every 30 msecs. In both cases, the equivalent ForeSight connection would generate an RM cell every 100 msec.)

Reaction to Feedback Messages - Rate Up

In ForeSight, in response to a Rate Up cell from the destination, the source increases its rate by a percentage of the MIR for that connection. If we call this percentage the rate increase percentage (RIP), then RIP is configurable at the card level (the default is 10 percent). In the case where MIR is low, the ForeSight rate increase will be slow as it has to increase as a percentage of MIR (rather than CIR).

On a standard ABR connection, in the event of available bandwidth (no congestion) the source increases its rate by a factor of (RIF*PCR). This means the rate increase step sizes are much bigger than for ForeSight for larger values of RIF (RIF has a range of 1/2, 1/4,....,1/32768). If RIF is not configured properly then standard ABR will ramp up its rate much faster and to a higher value. This is aided by the fact that the step sizes are bigger and the step frequency is higher in comparison with ForeSight.

Reaction to feedback messages - Rate Down

In ForeSight on receiving a Rate Down cell from the remote end, the source reduces its current rate (actual cell rate) by 13 percent. The rate decrease percentage (RDP). RDP is configurable at the card level.

In standard ABR, rate decrease is by an amount (RDF*ACR). Currently, the default value of RDF is 1/16 (6.25 percent). This means when this connection co-exists with ForeSight connections, in the event of congestion ForeSight connection reduces its rate by 13 percent whereas standard ABR connection reduces its rate by only 6.25 percent. Therefore, in the case of co-existence, if we need to approximate the same behavior across the two connection types, then RDF should be changed to 1/8, so that both connections ramp down by the same amount (13 percen).

Fast-Down

In ForeSight if the destination egress port drops any data due to congestion then the destination sends a Fast Rate Down cell. Also, if a frame cannot be reassembled at the egress due to a lost cell somewhere in the network, a Fast-down will be generated. On reception of Fast Rate Down the source reduces its current rate by 50 percent (this is again a card-level configurable parameter).

Standard ABR does not distinguish between drops and the ECN/EFCI threshold being exceeded. This means that, in case of drops in the egress port queue, a standard ABR connection rate reduces by only (RDF*ACR) but the ForeSight connection rate reduces by (ACR*0.5). Therefore, in the case of co-existence, if we need to approximate the same behavior across the two connection types then Fast Down could be effectively disabled by configuring the reaction to be 13 percent rate down instead of 50 percent.

Guidelines

The two systems will work together within the network, but as the above description suggests, if the differences between the two systems are not taken into consideration, then a ForeSight connection and an ABR connection with the same configuration parameters will not behave the same way within the network.

ABR and ForeSight provide a mechanism for distributing excess bandwidth between connections over and above the minimum rate, therefore if these guidelines are not taken into consideration then the allocation of this excess bandwidth may be biased toward connections running one of these algorithms over connections running the other.

If this is a requirement, the following guidelines may be useful, assuming ForeSight is set to defaults except for Fast Rate Down which is set for 13 percent.

1. Nrm: Nrm needs to be set at a value whereby the approximate RM cell generation is
100 milliseconds, to match that of ForeSight. This calculation is based on the expected average, or sustained, cell rate of the connection. However, if the (potential) fast-down messages from ForeSight are left to equate to 50 percent rate down, then an estimate of how often this may occur needs to be made and factored into the equation. If the connection receives Fast-down messages, then this would make the ForeSight connection react faster than the equivalent ABR connection to congestion. To compensate for this, Nrm needs to be set at a value of less than 100 msecs, a suggested value to aim for is between 60-70 msecs (this would be approximate as n is configurable in steps of 2**n). This would mean that, in the event of congestion, the ABR connection would start to react faster.

2. RIF: Rate increase factor is a factor of PCR in ABR and MCR in ForeSight. The default RIF for ForeSight is MCR*.10. Therefore, RIF should be configured so that (PCR*RIF) approximates MCR*0.1. If Fast-Down is still effectively enabled, then PCR*RIF should approximate MCR*0.62 to compensate.

3. RDF: (Rate Decrease Factor) RDF should be 1/8. This approximates to 13 percent that ForeSight uses.

The following worked examples may help explain this further

Assume a network is currently running ForeSight with default parameters, and supports the following four connection type, where CIR = MIR, PIR = port speed, and QIR = PIR:

T1 Port Speed 64K CIR

Example:

CIR = MIR = 64K
PIR = QIR = port speed = 1544
Fastdown = 13%

(The calculation used to convert between frame based parameters (CIR, PIR, and so on.) and their equivalent cell-based parameters is FR_param *3/800. This allows for cell overheads, and so on. based on frame sizes of 100 octets.)

CIR = MIR = (64000*3/800) = 240 cps
PIR = QIR = (1544 *3/800) = 5790 cps

ForeSight ABR
Rate-up equals (240*.1) = 24 cps RIF equals x where (1590/x) = 24 cps
X needs to be approx 200
RIF equals 256 (nearest factor of 2)

RDF equals 13% RDF = 1/8
Nrm equals 100 msecs Nrm equals 32

RM cells will be generated somewhere between 6 (5790 cps approx equal to 32 cells per 6 msecs) and 133 msecs (240 cps approx equal to 32 cells every 133 msecs) depending on ACR.

CLI Modification and Changes in this Release

dspfail <slotno>

shows all failed connections per slot basis

dspfabit <slotno>

shows all A-bit failed connections per slot basis

dsplmiloop

shows if LMI loop is present

chkslotcon <slotno>

checks database consistency per slot basis

chkportcon <slotno> <portno>

checks database consistency per slot basis

Chkcon <slot.port.vpi.vci>

checks database consistency per connection basis

dspbecnt

displays bit error count

CLI modification and changes in previous releases:

A few modifications have been made to the IP configuration commands. (cnfifip and bootChange) See CLI Change section:

the cnfifip command has an additional option to up/down one of the IP interfaces (Ethernet, SLIP, ATM) dynamically. No reboot is required to up/down interface. Turned-down interfaces are persistent across resets.

cnfifip is now an active only command.

dspifip will now display the state of each interface and indicate if it is up or down.

bootChange now checks the IP values set and will complain if it detects incorrect values.

bootChange values are sent and updated on standby card automatically. Both bootlines are kept in sync.

bootChange command is now an active-only command from CLI.

cnfenetgw command has been added to establish the Ethernet gateway route permanently (command is active only).

dspenetgw command will display Ethernet gateway address set.

A shelf can now either have one or two IP addresses for Ethernet. The shelf IP address set using cnfifip will always be the active card IP address. The bootChange IP address will be used for the standby card and backup boot if it is different than the shelf IP address. If the bootChange IP address is same as the shelf IP address, then the Ethernet interface on the standby card or in backup boot will be left in the down state.

If the "255.255.255.252" netmask is used for the SLIP interface, the PXM will automatically add host route for its peer whenever the interface is turned ON

If the FW fails to reach the CLI prompt or comes up in backup boot, the Ethernet interface could be down if the shelf IP address and boot change address are the same. In this case the bootChange command could be used from the shell to set another IP address and then usrEnetEnable should be called to activate that address (see example).

Commands and Examples

cnfifip:

Syntax:

cnfifip "Interface IPaddr [NetMask [BroadcastAddr]]"

or cnfifip "Interface Flag"

Interface -- 26/28/37 (26:Ethernet 28:SLIP 37:ATM)

or Ethernet/SLIP/ATM

IP_Addr -- <n>.<n>.<n>.<n> (<n>: integer 0..255)

Net_Mask -- <n>.<n>.<n>.<n> (<n>: integer 0..255)

BroadcastAddr -- <n>.<n>.<n>.<n>

(<n>: integer 0..255)

Flag -- a string "UP" or "DOWN"

Example:

> cnfifip atm 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128

This configures the ATM interface and brings it UP.

> cnfifip atm up

This will bring up the ATM interface with current information in the database.

> cnfifip atm down

This will bring down the ATM interface and preserve the information in the database.

delifip

Syntax:

delifip Interface

Interface -- 26/28/37 (26:Ethernet 28:SLIP 37:ATM) or Ethernet/SLIP/ATM

Example:

> delifip 37

This will bring down the ATM interface and delete the information in the database.

dspifip:

Example:

    > dspifip 
Interface        Flag  IP Address       Subnetmask       Broadcast Addr
---------------  ----  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Ethernet/lnPci0  UP    172.29.37.77     255.255.255.0    172.29.37.255
SLIP/sl0         DOWN  172.29.36.253    255.255.255.252  (N/A)
ATM/atm0         UP    192.9.200.1      255.255.255.128  0.0.0.0

This command shows the current condition of all three interfaces. The data shown for the SLIP interface will apply when it is turned UP with, for example, cnfifip slip on.

cnfenetgw

Syntax:

cnfenetgw IPAddr

Example:

    > cnfenetgw 172.29.37.1

This command will set the default gateway and add the appropriate routes necessary to it.

dspenetgw

Example:

    > dspenetgw
      Enet Gateway:  172.29.37.1 

bootChange:

Several lines are essential for the network to function:

- boot device : lnPci

(The only Ethernet interface)

- inet on ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.40:ffffff00

(IP address and subnetmask)

- gateway inet (g) : 172.29.37.1

(Default Ethernet gateway)

The PXM will try to correct bad entries when it boots up. This information will be copied to the standby card and if different than the shelf IP address it will up the interface on the standby with the bootChange IP address. The shellconn version of this command only updates the local bootline values and is not copied to the other card.

usrEnetEnable:

Used to bring up the Ethernet interface when CLI prompt is not there or in backup boot if it's not enabled.

The following commands are related to FRSM-2CT3 line-level loopbacks.

Remote Loopback at DS3:

This loopback can be configured in FRSM-2CT3 using the following commands:

addds3rmtloop <lineno>

xcnfln -ds3 <lineno> -e 3 -lpb 2

Local Loopback at DS3:

This loopback can be configured in FRSM-2CT3 using the following commands:

addds3loop <lineno>

xcnfln -ds3 <lineno> -e 3 -lpb 3

DS3 Loopback status will be displayed with following commands:

dspds3ln <lineno>

dspalm -ds3 <lineno>

dspalms -ds3

FEAC codes monitoring and Inband loopbacks for DS3 are not supported in FRSM-2CT3

Remote Loopback at DS1:

This loopback can be configured in FRSM-2CT3 using the following commands:

cnfbert (from PXM)

addrmtloop <lineno>

xcnfln -ds1 <lineno> -e 3 -lpb 2

Local Loopback at DS1:

This loopback can be configured in FRSM-2CT3 using the following commands:

cnfbert (from PXM)

addlnloop <lineno>

xcnfln -ds1 <lineno> -e 3 -lpb 3

DS1 Loopback status will be displayed with following commands:

dspln <lineno>

dspalm -ds1 <lineno>

dspalms -ds1

Inband loopback for DS1 are supported only using BERT diagnostics. The status of inband loopbacks are displayed with dspalm and dspalms commands. It is not displayed with dspln command. Before configuring the DS1 line in Inband loopback from BERT diagnostics, user should use the following command to enable code detection on FRSM-2CT3:

xcnfln -ds1 <lineno> -e 3 -detect 2

Ctrl-X has been disabled from resetting PXM on the firmware.

This release has the fix to meet the Bellcore jitter specs. The way to fix the jitter problem is to have FW disable the force_signal_detect_enable register and let the optical receiver to control the signal-detect input. The OC-3 transmit data jitter now measures below 0.10UI.

Due to the concerns about the too frequent message exchanging between the two PXM cards, the current command dspbecnt is limited by following:

dspbecnt displays only the bit error counts after the last APS switch,in other words, every APS switch will clear the counts for both working and protection line.

dspbecnt displays the active line bit error counts correctly. The bit error counts for non-active line is inaccurate and requires a state change (since the last state) in the protection line for display of any bit error counts.

A state change indicates a change of line status, such as from SD to SF.

Node Related

A maximum of one BERT test can be performed per shelf at any point in time. BERT can be activated only through the CLI.

Do not execute the restoreallcnf command in the middle of the installation process. If you follow the steps below, the dsplns command will display a line as disabled, but you cannot run an addln command. Do not execute the restoreallcnf command until the install and newrev commands have completed

The correct order for the restore procedure is:


Step 1 saveallcnf

Step 2 install

Step 3 newrev

Step 4 restoreallcnf



Note For more information, refer to CSCdm57683.


Addln should be issued before issuing addapsln.

The following line and alarm-related commands have been modified to allow slots 8, 16, and 32 as valid arguments if PXM at slot 8 is active:

addln

delln

cnfln

dspln

dsplns

addlnloop

dellnloop

cnfsrmclksrc

dspsrmclksrc

dspalm

dspalms

dspalmcnt

clralmcnt

clralm

dspalmcnf

Full SRM redundancy requires redundant SRMs. There must be SRMs in BOTH slot 15 and 16 to ensure service module redundancy for the upper shelf and SRMs in BOTH slot 31 and 32 to ensure service module redundancy for the lower shelf. Lack of the second SRM in either shelf may result in mismatch conditions.

For service module redundancy support, if the active service module is physically removed from the slot then a switchcc would cause the now active service module to be inaccessible. The workaround is to make sure that both the active and standby cards are physically present in their slots. If the active card does need to be removed, then at shellconn type: pmmStartScmPolling(slotnumber) after the switchcc.

If you are moving service modules from an existing MGX 8220 platform to the MGX 8850, the MGX 8220 service modules (AX-FRSM-8T1/E1, and AX-CESM-8T1/E1) need to have the boot flash upgraded to MGX 8220 Release 5.0.00 common boot code (1.0.01 version) before they can be plugged in to the MGX 8850 chassis. All MGX 8220 service module versions that use Release 4.0.xx of boot code and earlier are not supported in the MGX 8850.

If loading of the correct common boot code image is required then it will have to be performed on an MGX 8220 chassis, and cannot be performed on an MGX 8850 chassis. Please refer to the procedure below, which is also outlined in the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration publication on the documentation CD.


Step 1 Use ftp to port the Axis 5 common boot image for the service module to a workstation.

Step 2 Plug in the card into the MGX 8220 shelf.

Step 3 Download the proper MGX 8220 shelf Release 5.0 boot image using the following commands from the workstation:


tftp <ip address of the MGX 8220 shelf > 
bin 
put <boot filename> AXIS_SM_1_<slot#>.BOOT  

Insure that TFTP downloaded the appropriate boot code by verifying the flash checksums.


Step 1 Log into the shelf.

cc <slot #>' 

Step 2 Verify that the two checksums are the same.


chkflash'

If not, repeat the process until they are the same. If they are the same, then you can safely remove the card. At this point the service module can be used in the MGX 8850 shelf.


Caution If the checksums are not the same when you remove the service module, then the service module will not boot when it is plugged in and the service module will have to be returned using the Cisco Returned Material Authorization process.

Whenever an MGX 8850 is added as a feeder to a BPX 8600, SWSW automatically programs a channel with a VPI.VCI of 3.8 for use as the IP Relay channel. IP Relay is used to send IP data between nodes via the network handler, allowing every node in the domain to be directly addressable via IP addressing and CWM workstations to communicate with every node (especially feeders) using TELNET, SNMP and CWM protocols. If the user tries to add a channel with a VPI.VCI of 3.8, the BPX 8600 does not prevent the user channel from being added, but the MGX 8850 rejects it. To delete the added channel on the BPX 8600, and to get IP relay working you need to reset the BXM card.

In addition to clearing the entire configuration, clrallcnf clears the network IP addresses. IP addresses and netmasks stay the same (dspifip). However, it's recommended by engineering to reconfigure them using the cnfifip command. Network IP is gone (dspnwip), and must be reconfigured using the cnfifip command. Refer to the entry on cnfifip in the Cisco MGX 8850 Command Reference publication on the documentation CD for syntax.

The copychan command does not work on the MGX 8850.

A minimum of two and up to four IP addresses are needed to be configured for MGX 8850 (one or more of the following: Ethernet, ATM, SLIP) and the boot IP address. The user should use bootChange to set up IP gateway when the PXM card is just installed. The IP default gateway should be on the same subnet as the PXM board. Use the bootChange command to set correct IP address, netmask, and default gateway.

Do not install a Y-cable on the UIA CP port for PXMs. If you do, both serial ports will be enabled and you will not be able to communicate with the shelf through the console ports. If after switchcc the standby PXM loses the down-level port, it is most likely due to a downlevel Beta version of UIA back card that was shipped during field-trial only. Upgrading the UIA back card to the latest version should fix this problem.

To configure the external clock source, use the interface label 7.35. Do not use 0.33 or 7.33.

There are also routeShow/routeAdd/routeDelete commands for modifying routing tables.

You must reboot your PXM after each modification with "bootChange" for it to take effect. Also make sure the subnet mask is 255.255.0.2

 . bootChange
   - Only enter the ethernet IP address, netmask and default gateway.
   - Type "." to erase incorrect entries.
     tigers.1.7.PXM.a > bootChange
     '.' = clear field;  '-' = go to previous field;  ^D = quit
     boot device          :lnPci 
     processor number     :0 
     host name            :C             <-- Please put "C".
     file name            :
     inet on ethernet (e) :172.29.37.40:ffff00  <-- Ethernet IP Addr/Netmask
     inet on backplane (b):
     host inet (h)        :
     gateway inet (g)     :172.29.37.1   <-- Default Gateway
     user (u)             :
     ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh):
     flags (f)            :0x0 
     target name (tn)     :
     startup script (s)   :
     other (o)            :
   - Type in reboot, after this the command "" will work:
     tigers.1.7.PXM.a >  171.71.54.53 1
     171.71.54.53 is alive

Configuration save-and-restore is supported only through the CLI (CWM does not support configuration save-and-restore). Service module upgrades error handling is not provided. If the user skips any of the steps during upgrade or if a power failure happens in the middle of the upgrade, results will be unpredictable. See the Special Installation and Upgrade requirements section for service module upgrades. To recover from procedural errors contact your TAC support personnel.

The MGX 8850 supports 15 simultaneous Telnet sessions and 10 TFTP sessions.

You must use the following Y-cables for FRSM-HS2 and FRSM-CT3 redundancy as specified in the Product Orderability Matrix (Straight Cable: 72-0710-01, Crossover Cable: 72-1265-01, Straight Y-cable: FRSM-HS2: CAB-SCSI2-Y, FRSM-CT3: CAB-T3E3-Y). Other cables are not supported.

Y-cable redundancy for FRSM-HS2, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2E3 is supported only for adjacent slots.

Statistics are not supported for the RPM.

There is no need to issue the syncdisk and shutdisk commands before removing the PXMs. The system quiesces the disk by detecting the removal of the PXM board and flushes the write buffers to the disk and puts the PXM in sleep mode. This disables any further hard disk access since it locks the actuator. When the card is reinserted the PXM automatically comes out of sleep mode.

Syntax of addlink command has changed as follows:

New Syntax:

Syntax: addlink <T3LineNum> <T1Slot> <NumberOfT1s> <TargetSlotNum>

<TargetSlotLineNum>

<T3LineNum> where = Slot.Line

Slot = 15,31

Line = 1 - 3

<T1Slot> where T1Slot = 1 - 28

<NumberOfT1s> where NumberOfT1s = 1-8

<TargetSlotNum> where TargetSlotNum = 1-6|11-14|17-22|27-30

<TargetSlotLineNum> where TargetSlotLineNum = 1-8

PAR command cnfnwip has been disabled in this release, please use cnfifip instead.

If you lose power, or remove the online PXM you lose the broadcast address. Use the "cnfifip" command to configure the broadcast address. To redefine your ATM address and IP address that are in the same subnet, you have to change the ATM address to a temporary address not in the same subnet, then add back your IP address with the original Broadcast address, then go back and correct your ATM address.

Cooling and Power limitations: Customer should be aware of the need for extra power supplies and fans beyond certain limitations. A single fan tray will support all configurations that draw between 1200 and 1400 watts. For power requirements, the MGX 8850 requires a minimum of one power supply per line cord to support the power requirement for five cards.

 
0-5 Cards
6-10 Cards
11 and Above

Single Line Cord (N+1):

2

3

4

Dual Line Cord (2N):

2

4

6


This is based on an estimated worst-case power requirement of 190W plus margin per card slot.

Connection Management Related

The name of the node cannot be changed if there are PVCs. The node name must be changed from the default value before adding connections, since it cannot be changed later. Use the cnfname command to change the node name.

Only one feeder trunk can be configured. No BNI trunk to MGX 8850 as a feeder is supported.

The slave end of a connection must be added first.

The slave end cannot be deleted and re-added back by itself. If you delete the slave end, the entire connection must be completely torn down and re-added back. If the slave end of the connection is deleted and re-added back by itself, then unpredictable results will happen.

For user connections, VCI 3 and VCI 4 on every VPI are reserved for VPC OAMs.

The actual number of feeder connections you can provision on the PXM is always two less than you have configured. The dsprscprtns command shows max connections as 32767, but you can only use 32767 - 2 = 32765. One connection is used for LMI and another one for IP relay.

There is no error handling detection while provisioning through the CLI. Invalid endpoints and unsupported connection types (such as connections between FRSM-CESM ports or connections between structured and unstructured connections) are permitted using the CLI. The user should not configure these connections.

The sum of CIR of all channels of a port can be greater than port speed as long as CAC is disabled. However, it is not acceptable for one channel's CIR to be greater then port speed even if CAC is disabled. Two channels added up can exceed port speed. This means you cannot oversubscribe a port if only one channel is configured.

When trying to add a port on DS0 slot 32 of a CESM-8E1 line using an SNMP set or the CiscoView Equipment Manager, the SNMP agent in CESM will time out, without adding the port. The SNMP libraries treat the 32 bit DS0 slotmap (cesPortDs0ConfigBitMap) as an integer. The value for the last DS0 is treated as the sign value. This causes a corruption in the packet coming to the agent. As the agent does not receive a complete SNMP packet, it does not respond and times out. Use the command line interface to add a port on DS0 slot 32 of a CESM-8E1 line.

The cnfport command does not allow VPI ranges to be reduced. The cnfport command only allows the VPI range to expand. The correct sequence is to delete all connections on the partitions, delete the partitions, delete the port, and add the port with new VPI range.

On an FRSM-2CT3, one can add 128 ports on a group of 14 T1 lines as indicated below.

lines 1 to 14: 128 ports (A)

lines 15 to 28: 128 ports (B)

lines 29 to 42: 128 ports (C)

lines 43 to 56: 128 ports (D)

So, to add 256 ports on one T3: add 128 ports on the first 14 T1 lines and the remaining 128 on the next 14 T1 lines.

Note that (A) and (D) are connected to first FREEDM and (B) and (C) are connected to the second FREEDM. Each FREEDM supports only 128 ports. If 128 ports are added on one T3 as in (A), then there cannot be any more ports as in (D). The 129th port should be on lines 15 to 42 (as in B or C).

If the user adds a connection between an RPM and a PXM and then deletes the connection, the RPM shows no connection but the PXM still has the connection. The MGX was designed and implemented in such a way that only the connections that have the master end show up on PXM (by dspcons command). Consider these three connections:

c1: has only slave end

c2: has only master end

c3: has both master and slave end

When using the dspcons command, c2 and c3 will be displayed, not c1. The connection will not show up once the master end (PXM) is deleted. Recommendation: When adding a connection, if one end of the connection is PXM, always configure the PXM side to be the slave. Thus when deleting the RPM side, which is the master, the connection will not show up on the PXM. However, keep in mind that the slave end (PXM) still exists. This also provides a side benefit. When a connection exists with only the slave side, no bandwidth is occupied. The bandwidth is reserved only if the master end exists (with or without the slave).

The MGX-FRSM-HS1/B is capable of supporting a total throughput (card-level) of 16 Mbps. However, it is possible to configure four lines each supporting up to 8 Mbps, thus oversubscribing the card. This has been raised in bug #CSCdm71476 and a restriction/warning will be added in a future release.

Addlnloop on an FRSM-HS1/B line works only when there is a (valid) cable plugged in to the back card on that line. This is a hardware limitation on the back card and has been mentioned in the Release Notes in bug# CSCdm44993.

RPM Related

With MGX Release 1.1.32, two Route Processor Modules (RPMs) are supported; the RPM/B and the RPM-PR.

The RPM/B is a NPE-150 based router card capable of sustaining 150,000 pps. The RPM-PR is an NPE-400 based router capable of sustaining over 350,000 pps. The RPM-PR will only operate with IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT or later. For the following section "RPM" will refer to both the RPM/B and the RPM-PR, (unless specifically called out) even though some software versions and limitations are not applicable to the RPM-PR because it doesn't support IOS versions before 12.1(5.3)T_XT.

With RPM/B versions earlier than 12.O.7T1, some limitations in Inter-Process Communication when the RPM/B is at high loads can cause the PXM to declare that the RPM/B has Failed . To avoid this with RPM/B, software releases earlier than 12.0.7T1, throughput is limited to 62,000 pps, and it is recommended that MPLS configurations are limited to 100 interfaces. With RPM software releases from 12.0.7T1, those limitations are removed. In a separate limitation, the number of directly connected OSPF networks supported by an RPM is currently limited to 27. This means that any or all of the subinterfaces supported by the RPM can run OSPF, but the number of distinct OSPF networks supported is limited to 27. (A work around is available and is discussed below.) The limit of 27 arises because of the overheads of supporting separate link-state databases for separate networks.

In an application where the RPM is a Provider Edge Router in an MPLS Virtual Private Network service, a much better solution in any case is to use a distance-vector routing protocol between the customer routers and the RPM. A distance-vector routing protocol provides exactly the information required for this application: reachability information, and not link-state information. The distance-vector routing protocols supported by the RPM are BGP, RIP v1 and RIP v2, as well as static routing. With RPM software releases from 12.0.7T1, distance-vector routing protocols can be used with as many different networks as subinterfaces.

Note that if the RPM is acting as a Provider Edge Router in an MPLS Virtual Private Network service, and even if OSPF is running in a customer network, it is not necessary to run OSPF between the customer router and the RPM. If the customer edge devices run Cisco IOS, they can redistribute OSPF routing information into RIP using the IOS commands, redistribute RIP in the OSPF configuration, and redistribute OSPF in the RIP configuration. Similar configurations are possible for BGP. (For more information on readvertisement, see the "Configuring IP Routing Protocol-Independent Features" chapter in the Cisco IOS Release 12.0 Network Protocols Configuration Guide, Part 1). Redistribution is not unique to Cisco CPE, and other vendors' equipment also supports redistribution.

Recommendations for Booting:

The current implementation provides the following options:

From PXM Disk

NetBoot (TFTP server)

Booting from PXM Disk is faster than NetBoot

Recommendations for saving RPM configuration:

The current implementation provides the following options:

Save on flash/boot-flash.

Save on PXM disk.

Save on network (TFTP server)

Save on RPM NVRAM (comes up faster; only for limited configuration size)

It is recommended to save the configuration on flash and on the PXM Disk, as well as on the network server. This ensures that the configuration can be restored, even in the case of multiple failures.

For example, if an RPM card has problems, you can copy the configuration from either the PXM disk or from the network to new RPM card. In case of multiple hardware failures (both RPM and PXM cards have problems) you can copy the configuration from the network server.

Replacing the existing RPM with a new card or a card with old configuration in flash

The existing configuration (of the old card) can be restored on the newly inserted card by following the instructions given below:


Step 1 Insert the new card into an unreserved empty slot. A previously used slot can be unreserved by giving the clrsmcnf command.

Step 2 Copy the old RPM's configuration (from the PXM disk or the network server) to the new card's bootflash. For example, copying from PXM disk: "copy c: <image name> bootflash:".

Step 3 Configure the new card to use the configuration in its bootflash using the boot config bootflash: <config-file-name> command.

Step 4 Save the changes using write mem command.

Step 5 Insert the new card into the old slot.


Please note that in RPM context the "config save/restore" feature of the PXM restores only the PXM part of the RPM configuration/connections. The RPM part of the configuration should also be saved from RPM CLI through copy command. For example, copy run c: <config-filename> for saving to PXM Disk for future restoration.

RPM Connection Resynchronization

The RPM Connection Resync process is supported in the 12.04T and higher releases. This feature checks for consistency between the RPM and PXM connection databases.

Limitations

restoreallcnf

Do not execute the restoreallcnf command in the middle of the installation process. If you do, the dsplns command will display a line as disabled, but you cannot run an addln command. Do not execute the restoreallcnf command until the install and newrev commands have completed.

The correct order for the restore procedure is:


Step 1 Execute the saveallcnf command.

Step 2 Execute the install command.

Step 3 Execute the newrev command.

Step 4 Execute the restoreallcnf command


Note For more information, refer to CSCdm57683.



Please also note the following:

The Service MIB does not support resource partitions.

LIP is supported on the maintenance port, but there is no PPP support on the maintenance port.

BIS messages are constantly being sent from BPX to various nodes. This affects the frequency of TFTP updates, which may affect CWM performance and/or CWM database consistency.

Unable to provision virtual trunks in SWSW 9.1.10.

clrsmcnf

As a speedy way to wipe out all configuration on an SM, you can use clrsmcnf. This command works in the following scenarios:

1.1 SM not in slot

1.2 SM in slot and in active (good) state

1.3 SM in slot but in failed state, boot state or another state.

To be able to use an SM of a different type from the current one in a slot you can also use clrsmcnf for example, if there is a FRSM8T1/E1 in the slot with some configuration and the customer wants to use this slot for an AUSM8T1/E1 card.

The clrsmcnf cannot delete a port or channel due to corruption or error locally on the SM. It is able to delete the port/channel from within the PXM, but it cannot delete a port or channel due to corruption/error on the PXM itself. You can save an SM configuration and restore it back to the same slot on the same node. If the SM configuration is corrupted on disk, but the run-time image is okay and the file contented is corrupted, this is supported.

The following are NOT supported on the MGX 8850:

Saving a configuration of an SM from one shelf and restoring it to the same slot on another shelf.

Saving a configuration of an SM in a slot and restoring it to another slot of the same card type.

If the SM configuration is corrupted on disk, but the run-time image is okay and the FAT is corrupted.

If you have more than 500 connections on a service module, before issuing clrsmcnf you need to change the session timeout default value.

Use CLI command timeout 0 (no timeout)

clrsmcnf

After it is done, use the CLI command timeout 600 (to set the timeout value back to the default).


Note The clrsmcnf does not work with the VISM card.


Core Dump Mask

There are no system performance implication unless you take a core dump, currently the default error mask to take core dump is attached,. You can change the mask or take it manually.

Set the core dump mask to its default value. If you enable core dumps with power on reset and shell reset core dumps enabled you will end up with a PXM that continuously dumps the core and resets. The only way out is to use a download boot that does not have the core dump feature.

Default setting 0x262ee

OFF 0001 Power ON Reset
ON  0002 DRAM Parity Error
ON  0004 WatchDog Timeout Reset
ON  0008 Resource Overflow
OFF 0010 Clear All Configuration
ON  0020 Missing Task
ON  0040 Reset because of PXM Low Voltage
ON  0080 Reset By Event Log Task
OFF 0100 Reset from Shell
ON  0200 Unknown
OFF 0400 Reset from PXM
OFF 0800 Reset System
OFF 1000 Switch Core Card
ON  2000 Secondary Cache Error
ON  4000 Software Error Reset
OFF 8000 S/W reset due to upgrade
OFF 10000 Restore All Configuration
ON  20000 Device Driver Error


NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > core hot-dump
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Dum PXM Core Image[0]:
..........................................................................................
......................................

Done.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core save 2 core.zip

Creating core.zip
.................................

Core dump basics.

There are two steps to save a core dump.

1. The system will store a raw core dump image on the disk (this image is
on a portion of the disk that is not used for the filesystem).
2. After the raw core dump image is saved on the disk, use the cli command
"core" to zip the image and save it in a file on the disk.

Use the "core mask" command to display and to set the mask which determines
which conditions will cause an autmatic core dump.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core mask
Automatic Core Dum is enabled..
The Current Core slot is 0
The Current Core mask is 0x4004
OFF 0001 Power ON Reset
OFF 0002 DRAM Parity Error
ON  0004 WatchDog Timeout Reset
OFF 0008 Resource Overflow
OFF 0010 Clear All Configuration
OFF 0020 Missing Task
OFF 0040 Reset because of PXM Low Voltage
OFF 0080 Reset By Event Log Task
OFF 0100 Reset from Shell
OFF 0200 Unknown
OFF 0400 Reset from PXM
OFF 0800 Reset System
OFF 1000 Switch Core Card
OFF 2000 Secondary Cache Error
ON  4000 Software Error Reset
OFF 8000 S/W reset due to upgrade
OFF 10000 Restore All Configuration
OFF 20000 Device Driver Error
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core mask 0x2e2ee
Automatic Core Dum is enabled..
The Current Core slot is 0
The Current Core mask is 0x2e2ee
OFF 0001 Power ON Reset
ON  0002 DRAM Parity Error
ON  0004 WatchDog Timeout Reset
ON  0008 Resource Overflow
OFF 0010 Clear All Configuration
ON  0020 Missing Task
ON  0040 Reset because of PXM Low Voltage
ON  0080 Reset By Event Log Task
OFF 0100 Reset from Shell
ON  0200 Unknown
OFF 0400 Reset from PXM
OFF 0800 Reset System
OFF 1000 Switch Core Card
ON  2000 Secondary Cache Error
ON  4000 Software Error Reset
ON  8000 S/W reset due to upgrade
OFF 10000 Restore All Configuration
ON  20000 Device Driver Error
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core mask default" command to set the mask back to the default.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core mask default
Automatic Core Dum is enabled..
The Current Core slot is 0
The Current Core mask is 0x262ee
OFF 0001 Power ON Reset
ON  0002 DRAM Parity Error
ON  0004 WatchDog Timeout Reset
ON  0008 Resource Overflow
OFF 0010 Clear All Configuration
ON  0020 Missing Task
ON  0040 Reset because of PXM Low Voltage
ON  0080 Reset By Event Log Task
OFF 0100 Reset from Shell
ON  0200 Unknown
OFF 0400 Reset from PXM
OFF 0800 Reset System
OFF 1000 Switch Core Card
ON  2000 Secondary Cache Error
ON  4000 Software Error Reset
OFF 8000 S/W reset due to upgrade
OFF 10000 Restore All Configuration
ON  20000 Device Driver Error
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core enable" command to enable autmatic core dumps.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core enable
Automatic Core Dum is enabled..
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core disable" command to disable automatic core dumps.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core disable
Automatic Core Dum is disabled..
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core hot-dump" to dump the raw image to the disk.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core hot-dump
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Dum PXM Core Image[0]:
..........................................................................................
......................................
Done.
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core" command to list the current list of raw core dumps save on
the disk.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core
Saved Core Images:
Slot         Reset Reason                  Dump Time 
-------------------------------------------------------------
0    Unknown   WED DEC 29 09:38:30 1999
1    WatchDog Timeout Reset   FRI DEC 10 08:51:52 1999
2    WatchDog Timeout Reset   TUE DEC 14 08:01:39 1999
3    WatchDog Timeout Reset   TUE DEC 14 12:38:01 1999
4    Reset from Shell   TUE DEC 14 14:45:30 1999
5    WatchDog Timeout Reset   WED DEC 22 08:20:26 1999
Automatic Core Dum is enabled.
The Current Core slot is 0

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

Use the "core save" command to save the specified raw image to the
specified zip file.

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > core save 0 ccc
Creating ccc
.................................
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > 

To upload the zip file, you must use FTP (TFTP has a limit of 16 MBytes
for file size).

Enter shellconn:

NODENAME.1.7.PXM.s > shellConn
-> 

Set the and enable the user name:

-> setLogin
setLogin
  User Name
  =========
  cisco          
value = 0 = 0x0
-> 

The user name is "cisco" and the password is "ciscoinc".
Now you can FTP the image. Be sure to use binary mode.

After the image has been uploaded, disable the user name:

-> clrLogin
clrLogin
  User Name
  =========
value = 0 = 0x0

->

Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.32

Bug ID
Description

CSCdp38293

Symptom:

dspcd on the SRM will show the 800 number from the back card in the front card FabNumber field.

Workaround:

Added a new field to show the SRM front card's fab number. Renamed the old field to be the fab number for the SRM back card.

CSCds09448

Symptom:

The CWM does not display the correct values of:

Ingress Percentage Utilization

Egress Percentage Utilization

Connection Percentage Utilization

Connection Remote Percentage Utilization

Conditions:

These MIB objects are not included in the TFTP config upload file.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds24381

Symptom:

PXM7 switched to PXM8.

Condition:

Memory corruption.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds25261

Symptom:

SNMP trap to indicate ILMI failure on AUSM card causes HP OpenView to crash.

Conditions:

When ILMI is disabled or fails, (after being enabled), an SNMP trap #50915 is sent to CWM. This trap causes HP OpenView to crash with the following message:

"xnmevents lost contact with pmd.
No new events will be received.
Lost connection with pmd/ovEvent process (application disconnected)"

Workaround:

None.

CSCds31371

Symptom:

Active card automatically switches to standby card.

Condition:

Unknown.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds37482

Symptom:

BERT for a port/line on CESM-8 fails intermittently with a general error. A resetcd is required to make the port/line operational.

Conditions:

This happens when BERT is configured on the CESM-8 port/line. The bug is applicable to all CESM-8 releases up to and including 10.0.21.

Workaround:

Depending on which phase of the BERT configuration the error occured, it might be possible to recover the port/line state with a delbert.

CSCds38566

Symptom:

The SCM queue reports an overflow error log message for the slots containing RPM card.

Conditions:

The problem occurred when the customer was running the script to add a connection.

Workaround:

The log message should be simply ignored for RPM cards. The build-up in the SCM queue does not impact service.

Further Description:

Messages put into the queue are not supposed to be sent to the RPM card. When a connection is added to a Service Module, a task sends some information to the Service Module related to those connections. This information is not applicable for the RPM card.

CSCds43238

Symptom:

The dsploads CLI command does not display load from rt-vbr connections.

Conditions:

This occurs when the dsploads CLI command is executed.

Workaround

None.

CSCds43415

Symptom:

Telnet session lost after clrsmcnf CLI, several SMs in Boot states.

Condition:

Unknown

Workaround:

None.

CSCds48811

Symptom:

If a manual refresh is performed from CiscoView on the MGX 8230 chassis after a switchcc, the Standby PXM removes itself and resets.

Conditions:

This occurs when CiscoView is started or a manually refreshed.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds52286

Symptom:

Infinite loop on the Telnet input task, causing PXM switchovers.

Conditions:

The customer was using a shareware software for Telnet to the node.

Workaround:

Use Solaris machines for Telnet to the node.

Further Problem Description:

Telnet through the shareware software and leave that window untouched for approximately 13 minutes. To ensure that the session doesn't timeout, use the command sesntimeout 0 after you login. This will reproduce the problem.

CSCds55580

Symptom:

"dir c": shows no files in the directory when running PXM 1.1.32 and an earlier image with the RPM 12.1(5.X)T image.

Conditions:

PXM 1.1.32 and an earlier image with the RPM 12.1(5.X)T image causes this problem.

Workaround:

When running the RPM 12.1(5.X)T image, the PXM image containing the fix for this problem should be run hand-in-hand with the new RPM image.

CSCds60208

Symptom:

Shelf sometimes reboots on switchcc.

Conditions:

During redundancy testing in the lab, back cards were pulled out to check if core card switchover occured. When switchcc was entered, the shelf rebooted.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds65330

Symptom:

After PXM was upgraded from 1.1.24 to 1.1.31Aa, some of the RPMs went into Failed state and some went into Not Responding state.

Conditions:

Some RPMs were running very old images, some RPMs were running a later boot image and an older IOS image. Officially only the last two RPM releases are supported with any PXM release.

Workaround:

Reset the RPM card where the cc is failing.

Further Problem Description:

In the node on which the upgrade was tried, some of the RPMs were running very old IOS images. With any PXM release only the last two IOS releases are supported. Documented upgrade procedures should be followed for upgrading the RPM nodes.

CSCds66048

Symptom:

Bit errors occur on the CESM during BERT testing.

Conditions:

Bit errors occured when testing the CESM in an MGX 8850:

using synchronous clocking on the CESM channel

with the BERT tester set for internal clocking

Workaround:

There are no problems passing data and getting a pattern sync without bit loss when using a simple pattern (2^11-1 and lower ). Use of Adaptive clocking and SRTS also improves the results.

CSCds66176

Symptom:

Cannot utilize entire FRDM buffers after Softswitch ports deleted for db.

Conditions:

FRSM-ct3 connection within max limit window.

Workaround:

Configure up to 105 ports.

CSCds67365

Symptom:

PREFIX : Resolve warnings reported by prefix tool.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds71795

Symptom:

Routine check of core dump showed several errors on standby PXM. Standby is in Minor alarm. Errors caused reset of standby card.

Conditions:

PXM-0C3 1.1.31

DSPERR -EN 1149

Core dump shows error 1149: 1149 software error reset.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds72478

Symptom:

Routine check of core dump showed several errors on standby PXM. Standby is in Minor alarm. Errors caused reset of standby card. This problem seems to be similar to CSCds71795 (above), although a different node.

Conditions:

PXM-0C3 1.1.31

DSPERR -EN 121

Core dump shows error 121: 121 software error reset.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds72620

Symptom:

During upgrade of SMs, Softswitch from secondary to primary puts the card to failed state.

Conditions:

Occurs with 1.1.31

Workaround:

Resetcd the primary card.

CSCds73092

Symptom:

RPMs show the message "PXM does not support RSRCPRTN resynch" while booting up.

Condition:

A PXM rebuild occurs during a PXM switchover or when an RPM is reset.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds73935

Symptom:

FRSM VHS cards OAM-receive buffer overflows. This causes the received OAM buffers to be dropped.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when OAM is enabled for the connections.

Workaround:

Softswitch to the hot standby, or disable the OAM.

Further Problem Description:

In the FRSM VHS cards, the OAM receive buffers overflow causing the received OAM cells to be droped. The free buffer list is being corrupted. This corruption is triggered by the incorrect CRC in the OAM cells received. Softswitch temporarily solves the problem. A second solution is to disable the OAM.

CSCds75559

Symptom:

ABR connection with SrcDstBehavior on AUSM card stops forwarding traffic when the queue depth becomes equal to the number of RM cells sent across.

Condition:

Every time an ABR connection is configured to SrcDstBehavior.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The ICSE-SAR interface is enhanced so that the ICSE can generate another service decision for every RM cell that was sent instead of the data cell. This way, the data cell (which was not sent due to the RM cell) is sent out and there is no problem in the data flow.

CSCds76985

Symptom:

After an upgrade from 1.1.24 to 1.1.31, the chassis model number is automatically changed to 8250. This causes the sync up with CWM to stop.

Conditions:

This occurs when a node connected to CWM is upgraded from 1.1.24 to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

Delete the node from the CWM configurator and re-add it.

CSCds81247

Symptom:

dspclkinfo shows current ClockSetReq to be primary while current ClockHwStat is secondary. The node is not synced up to the valid primary clock.

Conditions:

Inband from PXM line is configured to be the primary clock source. When the inband line fails and recovers the node, it does not sync up to the primary clock source. This problem was seen in 1.1.31 but not in 1.1.25.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds82530

Symptom:

RPM gets stuck in Go Active/Go Standby on doing resetsys/resetcd.

Condition:

The problem happens when five or more RPM cards in a shelf come up at the same time. This problem is typically seen:

after a resetsys

when resetcd has either been issued to all cards simultaneously or to one after the other.

Workaround:

Reset each stuck RPM card twice. Wait for each card to come up to a stable state before resetting the next card. Follow this proceedure one stuck card at a time

Example: If two cards are stuck, reset one of the cards. It will gets stuck while waiting for bootack state. Then, reset the same card a second time until it comes up OK. Once the first card is up, repeat the proceedure for the second card.

CSCdt00463

Symptom:

Card type of -32600 is sent for RPM-PR instead of 2001.

Condition:

After upgrading an RPM/B with an RPM-PR, the PR card does not sync up with CWM. That happens because the PXM is sending the wrong card type to CWM and CWM cannot recogonize the card.

Workaround:

Perform a node resync from CWM to clear the problem.


Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.31

Bug ID
Description

CSCdk82484

Symptom:

The RPM incorrectly identifies the physical slot position when it is placed in an MGX 8230 node. This causes communication with the PXM to fail.

Conditions:

PXM and/or RPM software is running on an 8230 or other Sweet Pea node.

Workaround:

PXM and RPM software should be upgraded to versions that support the 8230 slot numbering scheme. The minimum level of software should be 1.1.31 on the PXM and Cisco IOS Release 121-4.1(T).

CSCdk94100

Symptom:

When ILMI signaling and polling is enabled at one port and not enabled at the other end the port on which signaling was configured does not go into the failed state.

Condition:

This happens when address registration is also configured along with the ILMI signaling and polling at one end and the other end is not configured for any signaling.

Workaround:

Do not configure address registration along with ILMI signaling and polling only at one end.

CSCdm06097

Symptom:

While SM is in a mismatch state, and switchcc occurs, the log file gets cluttered.

Condition:

When switchcc occurs and SM goes in mismatch state, SM logs same message more than once to PXM. Message that gets logged is like this:

02/01/1999-14:28:42 12 cmm        FRSM-6-4167 ASC sent slot number to 
SM : Old S.N.= 12 New S.N.=12 
02/01/1999-14:28:41 11 cmm        FRSM-6-4167 ASC sent slot number to 
SM : Old S.N.= 11 New S.N.=11 
02/01/1999-14:28:41 12 cmm        FRSM-6-4167 ASC sent slot number to 
SM : Old S.N.= 12 New S.N.=12 

Workaround:

This log file is not going to affect the functionality of the card or any performance of the card. This log message simply can be ignored because this is useful for debug purposes only.

CSCdm20583

Symptom:

When the dspcd command gets executed on the active PXM, with standby SRM card number or vice versa, the error message is confusing.

Conditions:

When the dspcd command is executed with the other SRM slot numbers.

Workaround:

No work around is available. This is just an unclear error message problem. No logical errors.

Further Problem Description:

When the dspcd command gets executed on the active PXM and when the argument for the command is the standby SRMs slot number, the above error message is displayed. That is because from slot 7 PXM only slot 15 and 31 SRMs are accessible. Similarly for slot 8 PXM only 16 and 32 are accessible.

CSCdm31793

Symptom:

When you configure a BERT on any line, all the channels on the local as well as remote are going into alarm. But connections on the PXM on both end does not indicate any alarm.

Conditions:

Configure BERT on any line which is having some connections.

Workaround:

No workaround for this.

CSCdm41079

Symptom:

When you configure CESM T1 D4/AMI Lingcod and framing, the line will not come up. The card is not generating a T1 signal.

Conditions

When configuring CESM T1 D4/AMI line.

Workaround:

None other than use ESF/B8ZS.

CSCdm55480

Symptom:

While "downloadflash" is executing on the PXM or while the TFTP of the flash image to SM is in progress, if the PXM or the respective SM is reset, it leaves the flash in an unknown state. The card that was reset will not bootup the next time.

Conditions:

The problem will happen when the PXM or the respective SM is reset using the resetcd or switchcc commands, while the flash is being written.

Workaround:

No workaround. Make sure that the flash is intact before executing the resetcd or switchcc commands or any other command which will result in the reset of the card.

Further Problem Description:

If the card is reset when the flash is being written, it leaves the flash in the corrupted state and the card does not boot up. All the soft reset commands like switchcc, resetcd, or addred do not check if any flash write is going on before resetting the card.

CSCdm69318

Symptom:

If a switchcc is performed at the same time that an FRSM-2CT3 is going through a reboot, the FRSM gets stuck in boot state.

Conditions:

If a switchcc is performed at the same time that an FRSM-2CT3 is going through a reboot, the FRSM gets stuck in boot state.

Workaround:

Do switchcc only after FRSM-CT3 is comes up.

CSCdm84982

Symptom:

The CLI tstdelay displays time in micro seconds in stead of milliseconds.

Condition:

CLI shows delay in microseconds and GUI shows in milliseconds but the values are almost same.

Workaround:

Convert the displayed time using this formula:
Time in milliseconds = (time displayed + 1000 - 1) / 1000.
The above formula converts the time in milliseconds with a round off. After converting the time, consider the time in milliseconds.

CSCdp03640

Symptom:

The dspshelfalm command displays power supplies and fans for MGX 8830 that are non-existent. Also, the fan unit numbers 1 to 8 are displayed as 10 to 17 in the fan traps.

Conditions:

This occurs when the dspshelfalm command is executed. When the fan traps occur, the unit numbers are displayed as 10 to 17 instead of 1 to 8.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp11502

Symptom:

In case of any failure in modifying the channel parameters, such as when a modify fails due to over-subscription, the backoff fails with "Wrong Egress Service rate Value" as the error.

Conditions:

When there are AUSM UBR-1 connections through Proxy.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp15496

Symptom:

Doesn't ask for the password to protect platform feature (CLI: dspfeature).

Description:

This is a CLI enhancement, not a bug.

Condition:

Not applicable.

Work around:

Currently not available.

CSCdp17122

Symptom:

Softswitch and switchback commands accept invalid slot numbers

Workaround:

None. Before executing the Softswitch or switchback commands make sure that the slot numbers are valid by executing the dspred command and verifying the slot numbers and their states.

Further Problem Description:

The Softswitch and switchback commands do not check for valid slot numbers before executing the command. Therefore, the slot might get reset even though the slot is not the primary of the redundancy group or the secondary of the redundancy group for the switchback command.

CSCdp23328

Symptom:

Inconsistency in the syntax used for dsplns vs addln/delln/dspln conditions:

The commands that are used to configure the PXM physical interfaces have inconsistency in their syntax. Some commands require a "-" sign before the line type parameter. The others do not.

Workaround:

Check the help text for the commands or refer to the command help in the manual before using the command.

Further Problem Description:

Some commands expect the '-' sign before the line type parameter; other commands do not. After the fix, all commands will have a consistent parameter syntax.

CSCdp30538

Symptom:

When memShow command is displaying the detailed memory statistics on all partitions, the PXM hangs when when <ctrl>C is pressed in the middle of the display.

Conditions:

When executing memShow with a non-zero argument from the CLI prompt (for example, memShow 1), memShow without any argument works fine. But that will display only the summary information on the memory blocks. The detailed display can be executed only with a non-zero argument.

Also, while recreating the problem, it was observed that when the pagemode is OFF, the user has more chances of hitting the problem.

Workaround:

Do not execute memShow with arguments from the CLI prompt. From the VxWorks shell the command works fine. Also, do not execute the command with arguments when the PAGEMODE is OFF.

Further Problem Description:

When memShow with arguments is issued, either the process that is handling the output or the memShow routine infinitely waits. The reason for this infinite wait is currently unknown. After the problem occurs, the shelf cannot be pinged or telneted into. The active PXM has to be rebooted by pulling out the card.

CSCdp31043

Symptom:

dspalm on the FRSM-HSSI card needs the x21 as the interface type for HSSI interface.

Condition:

The alarms for the FRSM-HSSI card for the line require x.21 instead of HSSI as the interface type for dspalm command.

The CLI dspalm should except option -hssi on the card FRSM-HSSI but it accepts x.21 option.

Workaround:

-x.21 option can be used for HSSI interface. Be sure to use the appropriate MIB object to display the required info for the CLI dspalm.

CSCdp35123

Symptom:

When adding a fiftieth user to a single node, the last user becomes a "Not a valid user" after a short time (and/or before that user gets a chance to login into that node).

Workaround:

None

Description:

Array that keep all valid users' password (userPassword[ ]) was overflowing because of coding error. Since the password was not getting saved, the newly added user ID was also getting dropped from the valid user list. Fixing the bounds of the array fixed this problem.

CSCdp37528

Symptom:

At Softswitch for FRSM-VHS cards (hotSatndby case) two traps are seen—primary to secondary trap number is 50045, secondary to primary trap number is 50046. Duplicate 50045 traps sent when Softswitch executed on FRSM-2CT3

Conditions:

Softswitch "from" "to"

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

If switchover occurs due to fault condition, there is only one trap sent out, which is correct functionality. Only when Softswitch is done manually through CLI or SNMP will traps 50045 or 50046 be sent twice.

CSCdp38293

Symptom:

The dspcd on SRM will show the 800 number from the back card in the FrontCard FabNumber field.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

In CLI session, if a user issues a dspcd command on any SRM slot, besides getting other useful information it used to list 800 fabnumber of the back card as the fabnumber of the SRM front card.

Fix:

Added a new field that will show the SRM front card's fab number. Renamed the old field to be the fab number for the SRM back card.

CSCdp41488

Symptom:

The secLineModuleMismatchTrap is not generated.

Conditions:

When two halfs height back cards are inserted that the full-height front card doesn't support, such as when PXM (full-height) card is inserted with 2 FRSM-8T1 back cards (half height).

Workaround:

This does not have any workaround. This needs further investigation and currently does not have any impact on the functionality. This is a negative test condition.

CSCdp42525

Symptom:

The dspfwrevs command does not display boot code versions.

Conditions:

Happens always.

Workaround:

Currently no workaround.

CSCdp43643

Symptom:

Under the condition given below you cannot add any configuration, but the PXM does not show any the card or even slot to be present through dspcds.

Conditions:

After pulling out PRM slot and then if a half-height card (SM) is inserted in the bottom half of that slot it comes up.

Workaround:

Currently not available. Has been fixed in 1.1.31

CSCdp45431

The dspcurclk does not update from external clock to internal OSC when the external clock fails.

CSCdp46345

Symptom:

When the active PXM back card is pulled out, the active PXM does not switchover to the standby.

Conditions:

When the active PXM back card is pulled out.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

Intelligence needs to be put in, so that for T3/E3 back cards, or if there is no APS protection, we cause a switchover on back card removal.

CSCdp51956

Symptom:

No online diagnostics are available to check the health of PXMs and SRMs in the system.

Conditions:

Any.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp57090

This needs further investigation and currently does not have any impact on the functionality.

CSCdp57673

Symptom:

RPM removal trap will show incorrect functionModuleState (ACTIVE).

Conditions:

RPM removal.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp60418

This needs further investigation and currently does not have any impact on the functionality. There is no known workaround for this.

CSCdp66005

Symptom:

PXM UNI connections added on a port that is in alarm remain in alarm even after the port alarm is cleared.

Conditions:

This problem is reproducible. If connections already existing on a clear port are put in alarm by causing a port alarm, the alarms get cleared on clearing the port alarm. Only connections added on a port in alarm remain in alarm state even after clearing the port alarm. This problem was first seen in image 1.1.21Lc.

Workaround:

Before adding UNI connections originating from any SM, make sure that the ports at the two endpoints are clear of any alarms. Alarms on a connection can also be cleared by doing an SM reset.

CSCdp69136

Access Violation errors reported during TFTP of ComMat.dat file.

CSCdp69188

Symptom:

SNMP query "get" on "mibVersionNumber" returns incorrect value. Invalid response issued when an SNMP query is performed on an 8850.

Conditions:

SNMP query "get" on "mibVersionNumber" returns incorrect value. Invalid response issued when an SNMP query is performed on 8850.

Workaround:

Get MIB version number from platform firmware version by CLI command version. Cisco CCO has details of which MIB version goes with which firmware version number.

CSCdp70729

Symptom:

None.

Conditions:

A new feature to provide SNMP set switchCoreCard. This feature was added to the (POP1PRET5) 1.1.31 release.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp71073

Symptom:

Customer has performed a Softswitch with redundancy setup between slot 22 and slot 30. After reviewing the logs, they noticed that the wrong slot numbers are referenced in the log. They believe that axis slots are being referenced rather then PXM1 slots.

Conditions:

This bug can be reproduced after doing a Softswitch or a normal reset of the card.

Workaround:

There is no workaround for this bug.

Further Problem Description:

The desplog shows the wrong slot number for some of the log messages, this is because the slot number has not been updated from the PXM at this point .

CSCdp77492

Inconsistency in behavior of port status reporting when local loops put up on line. In one case, the port came out of alarm, and stayed that way even when loop removed. In another, port stayed in alarm when loop put up.

CSCdp91401

Symptom:

Customer cannot execute a BERT test on an AUSM card that has an IMA port defined on it. Only after the port is deleted can a BERT test take place. There are physical T3 loopbacks placed on the SRM cards and all links are defined.

Conditions:

Configure BERT test on any line with IMA port defined on it.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdp97387

When the dspegrqs command was issued to display the egress ports of the FRSM-2T3 slot on popfnj46 MGX node, the system displayed. This command is valid only when egress service type is Weighted Fair Queueing.

CSCdp99436

Symptom:

On the FRSM-VHS2T3 shows dspportstats as command but there is no such command.

Condition:

Happens always.

Workaround:

Do not use the CLI dspportstats for FRSM-VHS2T3 and FRSM-VHSHS2 cards.

CSCdr05045

Symptom:

Trap varbinds missing in ChanOAMLpbkStatus Trap 50311. As per the MIB trap, 50311 is defined with 16 varbinds but received trap shows only 14 varbinds. The two varbinds functionModuleType and genericTimeStamp are missing.

Conditions:

Configure the RasOam loopback, status change will generate the trap.

Workaround:

No workaround for this.

CSCdr07250

Symptom:

APS lower priority external request asserted after higher priority req clears.

Workaround:

None

CSCdr08987

This problem is observed when no line is added on the BPX side and APS is added on the MGX side. Also the sigD threshold has to be of the order of 8 or 9. SigD levels of 7 or under do not result in this problem. No known workarounds.

CSCdr09138

Symptom and Problem description:

Whenever a yellow alarm is sent on the line side—whenever a line is alarm because of RcvRAI—the port remains in Active state. The port is expected to go in alarm.

Fix and Unit test: When the line is in alarm in RcvRAI state, the port is now put in alarm.

To test this, Unit Test:

1) a) Bring a line to RCV_RAIS state. (Connect a CERJAC or HP tester to the line and generate RAI). b) Add a port to that line. On dspport, this port should be in "Line alarm" state and not in active state.

2) a) Add a line such that it is active. b) Add a port on that line and check if its active. c) Bring a line to RCV_RAIS state (same method as in 1). On dspport, this port should be in "Line alarm" state and not in active state.

CSCdr09927

Symptom:

AUSM configured with an IMA port sends the trap 50231 on Softswitch. The trap contains the varbind imaPortState.0 (Integer): failedDueToImaSigFailure. The description for 50231 says "Indicates that IMA group is active" that contradicts with the value of the varbind imaPortState seen in the trap.

Conditions:

AUSM is in 1:N redundancy and it has an IMA port configured.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

50231 is sent when an IMA port is added. But the description for 50231 "Indicates that IMA group is active" leads to misinterpretation by the user. On Softswitch, secondary AUSM downloads the configuration and adds the lines, ports, IMA groups, and so on. Hence, this trap is sent.

CSCdr12555

Symptom:

Required Support for ZERO CIR connections on FRSM-HS1.

Condition:

Present HS1 SM does not support Zero CIR connections and does not provide to configure Service rate and EIR of the zero CIR connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr15892

The addlnloop on the PXM causes SONET line alarms, which sometimes do not clear when the loop is removed.

CSCdr17560

Symptom:

Shelf reset while executing a switchcc command or if executing an SNMP get. This was due to (the creation of) a null pointer in the SNMP system data structure.

Conditions:

You will run into this problem only if you are running the PXM image from the 1.1.22Ll or 1.1.22Lo (internal) Releases.

Resolution:

A fix for CSCdr17560 was checked in to both 1.1.23 and 1.1.31 Releases. This fix provides the check of the return code of the function querying the shelf model number and thus allows the correct data to be registered for use later on. The SNMP system data structure is then initialized based on the model number found. The defaults are provided just in case an error occurs during the query of the system model number.

CSCdr18819

Symptom:

PXM prompt gets misaligned after adding a connection.

Fixed-in: 1.1.24

Workaround:

None

CSCdr19336

Symptom:

Unable to configure service rate after reducing the line rate using cnflnsubrate.

Conditions:

Reduce PortSpeed (which is same as LineSpeed for unchannelized cards) using cnflnsubrate. Unable to modify the service rate after a line subrate modification. This applies only to Zero CIR connections.

Workaround:

Per -connection policing parameters are not adjusted when the port speed is reduced dynamically. For correct policing parameter, the s card has to be rebooted and then modify using cnfchaneir.

CSCdr21154

Symptom:

The time on the FRSM-8 card shows day as 00.

Conditions:

In the year 2000, on the last day of every month, the day will show up as 0.

Workaround:

There is no workaround, the date will get corrected the next day.

CSCdr22345

Symptom:

Voice call gets dropped, line alarm is seen on SM after a PXM switchover.

Conditions:

Happens only when the SRM has link to the SM, the secondary SM is Active and there is an SRM/PXM switchover.

Workaround:

Switch back the SM so that the Primary SM is Active before doing the PXM switchover .

Further Problem Description:

HotStandby SRM's link points to the Primary SM until the new SRM becomes Active.

CSCdr22910

Customer is concerned that the dspfst text does not match the cnffst text exactly. The dspfst output is missing the word "interval" after RTD.

CSCdr23908

Connection failures are not indicated in the system event log.

CSCdr33265

Symptoms:

After copying the new bootflash to the bootflash directory, the command "dir bootflash:" is used to find out whether the new bootflash is loaded correctly. The date is incorrectly shown as the old date, which may lead to confusion for the user. Also, if show clock is used on the RPM, then the wrong date and time is displayed.

Description:

Currently there is no real-time synchronization between the RPM and the PXM card. Because of this, the RPM always sets to some default time whenever it resets and the same time is reported as the time of modification for the File. The solution to this bug required sending the current date and time from PXM as a part of HELLO_BOOT_ACK message. RPM, upon receiving the date and time from PXM will set its own date and time to that of PXM and hence it gets synchronized to PXM's date and time.

Workaround:

Set the date and time at RPM using clock set hh:mm:ss command.

CSCdr35833

Symptom:

Both active and standby AUSM cards in a 1:N red config reset after a Softswitch

Conditions:

Statistics collection should be enabled.

Workaround:

This problem doesn't occur always, user has to try Softswitch once again, if it fails again disable stats and do Softswitch.

CSCdr36153

Creating an LOS condition on APS line caused multiple event log entries and traps.

CSCdr38808

Available as a part of 1.1.31. No workarounds.

CSCdr41646

Symptom:

No traps indicating SRM in Standby state is sent.

Conditions:

This occurs when PXM comes to Standby state after reset.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

After the Standby PXM card is reset and comes back up, traps are generated to indicate that the PXM card is back in Standby. However, no traps are received for the associated SRM cards to indicate status.

CSCdr42000

Symptom:

Many error messages showing on the screen after clrsmcnf command.

Conditions:

If you have an SM with many connections on the MGX 8850 shelf, then after the clrsmcnf command, this problem will happen.

Workaround:

None. However, those error messages are harmless; user should simply ignore them.

CSCdr43004

Symptom:

The IMA group goes down as soon as a local loop is initiated.

Conditions:

This happens when one of the lines on the side that is configured for loop timing is put into local loop.

Workarounds:

Resetting the card.

Further Problem Description:

This is because the loopback programming for the LIU was not being done in case of BERT.

CSCdr43525

Symptom:

Error Messages: CAN'T decrement portLcnUsed[cntrlType], already 0, slot 7, port 0 CAN'T decrement port lcnUsed, already 0, slot 7, port 0 appear after delchan of a management conn.

Conditions:

Seen in 1.1.24.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr45284

Symptom:

While executing the command clrsrmcnf, there is no check before prompting user confirmation. The error checking is done at a later stage.

Conditions:

When the command clrsrmcn is executed with wrong SRM slot number.

Workaround:

Should enter valid SRM slot number. It has been fixed in 1.1.31.

CSCdr46692

Symptom:

Queue Engine on PXM1 hardware supports programmable values for minimum rate and maximum rate for the virtual interface (VI is mapped to a port) .

Currently, maximum rate is default to 100 percent of line bandwidth.

Conditions:

This is always the case, A new parameter has to be added in CLI/MIB to make this configurable.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr46699

Symptom:

PXM1 has T3 interface. one conn. is added from VHS card at full T3 rate to PXM1 Line1. Another conn. is added from FRSM8t1 card at full T1 rate to PXM1 Line1 when data was sent at full rate on both connections, since PXM1 Line1 is congested, cells are dropped. But cells were dropped only for T3 full-rate connection; all cells for T1 rate connection went through. To be fair, a proportional amount of cells should get dropped from both connections.

Conditions:

This is always the case for the above setup.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

By modifying the VI, Qbin, VC thresholds, some amount of fairness can be achieved.

CSCdr47445

Symptom:

Ethernet netmask reverts back to 255.255.255.0 after switchcc

Conditions:

Happens whenever the netmask in bootChange and cnfifip are different

Workaround:

Set the bootChange IP address to have same netmask by adding a colon followed by a hex netmask. Example: '172.29.36.99:ffffff80' The default netmask in the boot line is 'ffffff00' which is equivalent to 255.255.255.0

CSCdr48918

Symptom:

The PXM will not be able to clock from the T1s in the IMA group.

Conditions:

When configuring clock using cnfclksrc on the PXM from a line in an IMA group in AUSM, you must select the line with the same number as the label of the IMA group. If the IMA group label is not the same as one of the lines in the group, then the PXM will not be able to clock from the T1s in the IMA group.

Workaround:

Configure the IMA group such that its label is the same as one of the lines being used (example, IMA group 1 with lines 1, 2, 3, and 4). Then configure the PXM to clock from line 1.

CSCdr50184

Description:

The clrsmcnf on RPM resets RPM.

Condition:

Not applicable.

Workaround:

Clearing RPM config. can be done in two steps.

1. Erase NVRAM config. on RPM.

2. Use clrsmcnf for RPM.

CSCdr56159

Symptom:

CWM EM may show a physical line on PXM, even if the line is deleted.

Description:

No physical line delete trap is sent to CWM when the line is manually deleted by CLI or SNMP.

Workaround:

Currently not available.

CSCdr58168

Symptom:

Some of the lines in IMA group become unavailable.

Conditions:

This happens when the AUSM card was in bulk mode.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

After a switchcc on PXM, the AUSM-8T1 card started displaying Minor Alarm. On further investigation, it was found that some of the lines configured as a part of the IMA group became unavailable. The respective AUSM-8T1 card was in bulk mode.

CSCdr58663

Symptom:

The CLI command restoresmcnf will not work after SM redundancy is deleted (in bulk mode).

Description:

When the SM is in bulk mode, restoresmcnf won't go through.

Conditions:

Same as the above description.

Workaround:

Currently not available. This bug has been fixed in 1.1.31

CSCdr59398

Symptom:

PVCs get deleted after the CLI cnfportrscprtn.

Conditions:

This condition results on use of the CLI cnfportrscprtn if the new VPI range specified is shrinked beyond the existing values of the resource partition and existing PVCs use VPI values that lie between the old range and the new range. Seen in 1.1.23

Workaround:

No workaround. Care should be taken to provide a "proper" VPI range so that all PVCs lie within.

CSCdr59813

Symptom:

The FRSM T1/E1 module has an egress HDLC queue scheduler that scheduled frames onto the logical egress queue. The rate at which this runs is not aligned with the logical port speed.

Workaround:

Further Problem Description:

Suggested fix is to have the queue scheduler schedule traffic out onto the HDLC framer queue at a rate aligned with the logical port speed.

CSCdr61374

Symptom:

1. The idle flag in dspchans seems to constantly toggle from Yes to No (even though Detection and suppression is disabled).

2. The on/offhook indicator seems to toggle when dspchancnt is viewed.

3. The throughput of the channels go down.

Conditions:

The situation is triggered when idle suppression related cells are received by CESM under the erroneous behavior of the network.

Workaround:

Deleting the erroneous connection and re-adding should solve the problem.

CSCdr61803

Symptom:

While clrsmcnf is in progress, entering control-c to stop the CLI will cause subsequent clrsmcnf on that same slot being aborted.

Description:

While clrsmcnf is in progress, entering control-c to stop the CLI will abort the clrsmcnf process and leave the slot in reserved state. After reseting the SM in the slot and card comes back to active, clrsmcnf cannot be resumed (aborted).

Workaround:

Wait until the clrsmcnf to complete and do not issue control-c to stop.

CSCdr63304

Symptom:

On the reception of segment loopback OAM cells on the AUSM port the counter gets incremented (PortXmtSgmtLpbkCells). On clearing the port counters this counter does not clear.

Conditions:

When segment loopback OAM cells are received on the AUSM port.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This counter was not being cleared. This has been fixed in the fix.

CSCdr63533

Symptom:

When a line is configured in remote loopback, dspcd does not indicate remote loopback.

Condition:

Happens every time remote loopback is configured.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdr69994

Problem:

ForeSight parameters do not get modified on the standby card.

Symptom:

Standby card MIR/PIR/QIR do not get changed when they are changed on the active card.

Workaround:

Do a Softswitch and switch back

CSCdr70797

Symptom:

When a line is put in remote loopback the port is put into alarm and hence the connections, in which case AIS as well as data traffic, are sent to the CPE.

Conditions:

This happens when the line is put into remote loopback.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

Due to a hardware limitation the data traffic cannot be stopped from going to the CPE, hence the AIS transmission will be stopped in case the line is put into remote loopback. We will not put the port and connection into alarm just like local loopback.

CSCdr70820

Symptom:

In 1.1.24 PXM, chassis came up as MGX 8830 and as a routing node.

Description:

This has been fixed, so that it comes up as MGX 8230 and the default configuration is changed to be feeder node.

Workaround:

If dspswfunc shows the node to be routing node it can be configured to feeder using cnfswfunc.

CSCdr72963

Symptom:

When PSU fails, alarm event does not appear in dsplog. It appears on Eventlog of CWM.

Conditions:

This occurs when there is a power supply failure.

Workaround:

Get the PSU failure information from NMS, CWM. Also CLI command dspshelfalm gives status of PSU.

Further Problem Description:

Only trap is sent to CWM, the event is not logged.

CSCdr74393

Symptom:

APS bidirection non-revertive mode interoperability with Sentient does not work.

Condition:

APS interoperability with the Sentient.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr76747

Symptom:

When using CNFBERT local loop or no loop due to having a hardware loop on the physical ports of a FRSM 8E1, it is observed that the BERT test does not run error free. Tests show that the local loop BERT test errors when using 1.1.23 but in previous 1.1.12 has zero bit error count. Test was reperformed using AUSM in 1.1.23 and zero bit errors were recorded.

Conditions:

Lab environments of both heavily loaded nodes or nodes with only PXM, FRSM, SRM.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr76819

No known workaround. Fixed in 1.1.31.

CSCdr77088

Symptom:

Node hangs due to the back card going bad.

Conditions:

Sometimes when the back card is going bad, the line oscillate between OK and LOS condition. When this happen, there are flood of messages between the active and standby PXM.

Workaround:

Remove the bad back card.

CSCdr80198

Symptom:

The oldiags fails the framer test when run on a PXM1 with an OC-3 daughter card and debug level 3 is used.

Conditions:

PXM1 with OC-3 daughter card and oldiags is invoked with debug level 3.

Workaround:

Do not run oldiags with debug level 3. Use debug level 0-2.

CSCdr81334

Symptom:

VxWorks heap may have some leaks and some allocations of memory will fail.

Conditions:

This problem occurs only when there is a memory corruption or the memory partitions are full (or nearly full).

Workaround:

Reset the PXM.

CSCdr83869

Symptom:

There is no command to display trunk utilization.

Condition:

Applies to PXM release prior to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

None.

Further Info:

The command that has been introduced is dspportutil <port#>. The output of the command looks like this:

mgx524.1.7.PXM.a > dspportutil 1 Avg CPS Rcv to XmtQ = 1 Utilization = 0% Avg CPS Xmt to Port = 1 Utilization = 0%

Note that due the h/w limitations, the CPS and %util are only available for the egress direction. The first line is for the egress cells coming to the switch fabric and the second is for the egress cells leaving the switch fabric toward the physical ports. For a description of the h/w limitation refer to bug CSCdp03385.

The %util is with respect to the physical line cell rate.

To clear the counts use the existing commands: clrportcnt or clrportcnts.

There is no MIB support to access the counters. The counters are displayed only via the CLI command.

CSCdr86099

Symptom:

The clrportcnt does not clear the counter EgressPortQFullDiscardCells.

Condition:

When there is EgressPortQFullDiscardCells in the rt-vbr connection.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

This counter was not being cleared, this has been cleared in the fix.

CSCdr86885

Symptom:

Frames get DE Tagged even though DE Tagging is disabled.

Conditions:

When user pumps traffic greater than CIR, and Bc bucket becomes full, frames get DE tagged even though DE tagging is disabled.

Workaround:

There is no workaround.

CSCdr87800

Problem Description:

PVCs could be added on reserved VCCs, for example, with VPI = 0 and VCI between 0 and 31, without an appropriate warning message.

Fix:

A warning message is displayed now whenever a PVC is added on a reserved VCC.

Unit test:

Add a connection with VPI = 0 and VCI between 0 and 31. See that appropriate warning message is displayed, but channel addition goes through.

CSCdr88653

Symptom:

The chanDEtoCLPmap resets to default value whenever channel configuration is changed.

Conditions:

This will occur when ever user modifies the channel configuration after configuring chanDEtoCLPmap to the required value.

Workaround:

Whenever user wants to modify the channel configuration, chaneDEtoCLPmap has to be included in the channel configuration.

Further Problem Description:

This occurs because whenever the user modifies the channel configuration, chanDEtoCLPmap is reset to default values when user does not provide value to this object. So whenever user modifies other channel configuration, this object also has to be set to required value.

CSCdr89017

Symptom:

The oldiags will eventually use up all file descriptors on the system when run in a loop.

Conditions:

Run oldiags in a continuous loop.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr90273

Symptom:

Connection gets added even though DLCI for the remote FR Port is not specified. This connections gets added with remote end's DLCI taken as 0.

Conditions:

This occurs when addcon command is executed without specifying the remote end's DLCI.

Workaround:

User has to enter the remote end's DLCI while adding the connection.

CSCdr90635

The xcnfcon displays the range of VPI/VCI as VPI 1-4095 (sometimes 0-255) and VCI 1-65536. Sometimes the display is Hex based as 0xff and 0xffff. The info needs to be correct and made consistent throughout.

CSCdr90909

Symptom:

The oldiags running on an MGX 8230 refers to slots 7 and 8 as PXM slots. Should be slots 1 and 2.

Conditions:

Issue oldclralm and the usage message is: USAGE: oldsplog <slot_number (7, 8)

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr95869

Symptom:

Programming the new Novram fails.

Condition:

The new Novram(AT93C66) required a different programming sequence.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr98433

Symptom:

The PXM log is required for addition and deletion of SM redundancy.

Condition:

No logs while adding and deletion redundancy for SM.

Workaround:

Made changes to the code so that the logging will take place whenever addition or deletion of SM redundancy happens (files changed redUI.c and cliRedundancy.c in POP1PRET5 branch).

CSCdr98519

Symptom:

Login, logout, and all user commands must be logged.

Condition:

Rate limit was there for all the commands, so login, logout, and all user commands were not logged everytime.

Workaround:

The login, logout, and all user commands will be logged from now on. Files changed to cli_msgs.h in pop1pret5 branch.

CSCds00987

Symptom:

The display format for CLI dspchans was misaligned.

Condition:

Happens when the CLI dspchans executes in the presence of rt-VBR connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds01023

Symptom:

The xcnfportq with the option qa=0 disables the corresponding egress port Q.

Condition:

This display inconsistency exists in all firmware releases prior to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

Use cnfportq instead of xcnfportq.

Further Problem Description:

Even though an option of 0 is not displayed for the "-qa" option in xcnfportq, a value of 0 if specified is taken and the specified port queue is disabled. This seems to be conflicting with the range specified in the help. The help has now been fixed in 1.1.31 to display the extra option of setting qa to 0 to disable the queue.

CSCds01417

Symptom:

There is no range checking for port and queue numbers in case of CLI dspportq.

Condition:

When executing the CLI dspportq.

Workaround:

No workaround. The fix is taking care of range checking for port and queue numbers in CLI dspportq.

CSCds01472

Symptom:

The help string shows that the MaxLcn parameter for the CLI's cnfrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, and xcnfrscprtn has a range of 1 to 1000, but 0 is accepted.

Conditions:

This happens whenever cnfrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, and xcnfrscprtn are configured with MaxLcn as 0.

Workaround:

Do not use MaxLcn as 0 while configuring cnfrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, and xcnfrscprtn.

CSCds03756

Symptom:

The object chanServType is missing in the TFTP config upload file.

Conditions:

When user uploads the TFTP config file, chanServType object is missing.

Workaround:

There is no workaround.

CSCds03905

Symptom:

Prior to the 1.1.31 release the default display for the shelf banner upon booting up is as following:

SES for SES-IGX product
MGX 8830 for MGX 8230 or MGX 8830
MGX 8850 for MGX 8250 or MGX 8850

Conditions:

With the 1.1.31 release onward, the default display for the shelf banner upon booting up is as following:

SES for SES-IGX product
MGX 8230 for MGX 8230 or MGX 8830
MGX 8250 for MGX 8250 or MGX 8850

The reason for changing the default banners from MGX 8830/MGX 8850 to MGX 8230/MGX 8250 in the 1.1.31 release is because the PNNI is required to be available in the 1.X release in order for the MGX 8250 and MGX 8850 products to be available. The PNNI is not currently available in the 1.X release, so it makes sense to default the shelf banner to the currently existing products (hence using 1.X image).

Workaround:

None.

CSCds04145

Symptom:

FRF.5 NIW frames may get dropped in the egress direction, because incoming DLCI is not set to 1022.

Condition:

When the FRF.5 NIW Interworking function switch looks for incoming DLCI and if it is not 1022, then it may drop the NIW frame.

Workaround:

None.

Problem Description:

While sending the FRF.5 NIW frame to the network, the DLCI is not set to 1022 as per the standard. So when the frame reaches the other end, NIW Interworking function may look for incoming DLCI, and it may drop if it is not set to 1022.

CSCds04697

Trap couldn't see beyond 700 connections because PXM allowed only up to 700 table entries. The size of this table now allows 2000 entries.

CSCds05006

Symptom:

If an SRM line with loopback is deleted, next time when this line is added again, the loopback value will not have the default "noloop". It will be the previous loopback value.

Condition:

Delete an SRM line and add it back again. The loopback value will be the previous value instead of default value.

Workaround:

Configure the desirable loopback value after adding a line.

CSCds05374

Symptom:

When user adds PVC on MGX service module to feeder trunk and leaves out the remote VPI.VCI in the syntax, the system accepts the command and adds a PVC with a remote VPI.VCI of 0.0.

The system should not accept this command and make the user add it again with correct syntax of: remote node.slot.port.VPI.VCI.

CSCds06755

Problem Description:

The AUSM xcnfilmi CLI command options do not match the "usage" message—the "mei" and "-ar" options are not displayed as available command line options. Also, option "-pti" is shown as usage option "-pt".

CSCds07411

Symptom:

FEAC DS3 OOF are seen at the far-end of a FRSM-2T3

Workaround:

Call the TAC. The workaround requires very experienced personnel.

CSCds09808

The rpmChanMidLow and rpmChanMidHigh are referred as to message ID for PVC connections. They are read-only numbers and are generated by addconn command. This is why you ca not change its content after it has been assigned by PXM.

0 is an invalid number, which is due to the connection unsuccessfully made across from one PXM to another PXM via a BPX. When you do dspconn, ABIT ALARM shown next to a connection is an indication that the connection was not made across.

CSCds11325

Symptom and Problem Description:

There were cases reported where the AUSM-8 card reset on its own mostly when SNMP sets were being done on the card. The AUSM-8 card used to report a "WatchDog Timeout Reset" to the PXM in these cases, which could be seen using the command dsplog on the PXM.

Conditions:

It was noted that in most cases, the WatchDog Timeout reset happened when SNMP scripts doing snmpsets were being run on the card. For example, when an SNMP script was continuously adding connections on the card using snmpsets.

Workaround:

None.

Detailed Problem Description and Attempted Fix:

The "WatchDog Timeout resets" were intermittent and did not happen very often. Though it could not be recreated in the lab premises, some potential causes were identified and were fixed accordingly. With these fixes, the problem is not expected to happen. Apart from these fixes, some additional logging utility has been added to the image so as to log additional information about the WatchDog reset if the reset happens again.

CSCds11410

Symptom:

The xcnfalmcnt command accepts any parameters and does not display any error messages.

Conditions:

When xcnfalmcnt command is executed with invalid parameters.

Workaround:

There is no workaround.

Problem Description:

The xcnfalmcnt command does nothing with the input parameters as this is feature is not implemented.

CSCds13806

Symptom:

Whenever an SM card is reset and the card remains stuck in boot state, even though the firmware versions of the SM are on disk.

Conditions:

This happens everytime a dspsmcnf command is issued on the PXM just before resetting an SM card.

Workaround:

Do not use the dspsmcnf command at any time. If it has to be used, then the shelf will have to be reset for the condition not to occur.

CSCds18765

The cnfupcabr on the AUSM-8 currently does policing on PCR(0+1) as the first leaky bucket and on SCR as the second leaky bucket. The second leaky bucket has to be changed to MCR, with an option of choosing the type of policing needed (already available).

Typically Standard ABR connections need to be policed only on one bucket i.e. the PCR(0+1) bucket. Currently VBR, rt-VBR and ForeSight ABR connections have two buckets each for policing - PCR(0+1) and SCR. Standard ABR policing needs to be done on PCR(0+1) only. But for consistency with the PXM (cnfupcabr), Std ABR policing will be done on PCR(0+1) as the first bucket and with ABR-MCR as the second bucket, with an option in cnfupcabr to turn second bucket policing off (as is with SCR for ForeSight ABR).

But it is important to note that during firmware Upgrade, especially for existing abr.1 connections (Transparent ABR connections with ForeSight disabled), policing will still be done based on SCR value immediately after Upgrade. This is to avoid sudden traffic pattern changes during Upgrade. The user should know that for all commands executed here after (after Upgrade) whenever the ABR MCR value is changed, the policing function will get affected since policing for Standard ABR connections will be done on MCR.

The command help for cnfupcabr has been modified. The new cnfupcabr has changes in the SCR parameter description.

CSCds22296

Symptom and Problem Description:

The atmfAtmLayerMaxVciBits object returns a value of 12 when queried from the CPE via ILMI. Because of this VCIs greater that 4095 cannot be added to interoperate with the CPE.

Workaround:

None.

Fix made:

Changed atmfAtmLayerMaxVciBits to 16 from 12.

Test setup:

1. Do an SNMP query on atmfAtmLayerMaxVciBits and check if it returns 16.

2. There should be no problems in adding a PVC on the router with VCI greater than 4095.

CSCds22476

Symptom:

The port takes a long time to come out of failure even though ILMI Keepalive polling is enabled on both ends.

Condition:

The incoming PDUs ID is not checked against the ILMI request ID.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCds22479

Symptom:

The port will not change state even though the Keepalive ILMI polling is enabled/disabled.

Condition:

When the ILMI Keepalive polling is enabled/disabled the port status does not change accordingly (it does not go into ILMI signaling failure/ come out of ILMI signaling failure).

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCds22483

Symptom:

The address registration is not disabled when ILMI signaling is disabled.

Condition:

When disabling ILMI on a port using the cnfilmi CLI the address registration option is enabled (cnfilmi <portno> 2 0 16 2 1 2 2).

Workaround:

While disabling ILMI on a port also disable address registration (cnfilmi <portno> 2 0 16 1 1 1 1).

CSCds22489

Symptom:

If a port, down due to ILMI failure is deleted and added again, the ILMI failure on the port does not clear.

Condition:

The port alarm is not cleared when the ILMI is cleared.

Workaround:

The ILMI port alarm should be clear by enabling ILMI keepalive polling and then the port is to be deleted.

CSCds23602

Symptom:

The BERT pattern test for FRSM-8T1 and CESM-8T1 cards reports a high Bit Error Rate.

Conditions:

No specific conditions. Problem happens every time a BERT test is run on FRSM-8T1 and CESM-8T1 cards.

Workaround:

On Active PXM, inside shellConn set the flag newPxmWithOldSmPre1130 to 1.

CSCds23604

Symptom:

In AUSM, the xcnfilmi command has two display errors.

1. VPI <VirtualPathId> where VirtualPathId = 1 - 255. The VPI range should be 0-255.

2. PTI <PortNum> where PortNum = 1 - 8. The actual option should be -pt and -pti which is not accepted.

Condition:

This display error is present in all firmware releases prior to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds24045

Symptom:

RPM connections are lost after an upgrade from 1.1.24 to 1.1.30(1.1.24Or)

Conditions:

It happens under all conditions.

Workaround:

None.

Further Description:

The customer upgraded a single PXM shelf from 1.1.24 to 1.1.24Or. After the upgrade dspcons shows connections but on RPM it shows that the connections exist only in RPM. Now a resetsys after this point causes all the connections to disappear.

CSCds24602

Symptom:

Data loss after an AUSM E1 card reset.

Condition:

This problem happens on all AUSM E1 cards with firmware version prior to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

Execute the cnfplpp command and disable the scramble option. Note that though dspplpp shows no scrambling, the actual framer programming is not done. The cnfplpp command takes care of that problem.

Unit test after fix:

One test that can be done is to have an IMA group active on the card with the lines in the IMA group configured in the "No Scramble" mode. Have connections on this IMA group with traffic flowing. Do a resetcd and confirm that the IMA group is not down, and traffic continues to flow on the connections.

CSCds25992

The command cnfplpp configures a line even when the line has not been added/enabled.

CSCds26096

Symptoms:

The dspplpp command asks the user to enter the "port_num" instead of "phy_port_num" as in xcnfportq. This can be confusing since the physical port number corresponds to the line number, and port number corresponds to the logical port number (which can be different from physical port number).

Conditions:

This is a display error, and is present in all firmware releases except prior to 1.1.31.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

Since the dspplpp command prompts the user to enter port_num, it is possible that the user enters the logical port number, and does not get the expected display. This has been corrected now to display "phys_port_num".

CSCds27682

Symptom:

The dspalmcnt on an AUSM/B on an 8250 does not seem to register code errors on the physical line.

Conditions:

Happens on 1.1.25 AUSM firmware.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds32838

Information on this anomaly is unavailable at this time.

CSCds35958

O/p drivers are getting disabled when rd_bcE2prom is invoked.

CSCds38406

Symptom:

After a switchcc the prompt still shows "s" (for standby), when the card is actually active.

Conditions:

When using the console port for accessing the node.

Workaround:

Cc to any other card and cc back.

Further Problem Description

This problem does not occur when the node is accessed during Telnet sessions.

CSCds49185

The dspcds commands occasionally hang, causing access to the Telnet and maintenance ports to be blocked. This bug was resolved in Release 1.1.31.


Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.25

Bug ID
Description

CSCdr19456

Symptom:

The CLI of the AUSM card hangs and then the AUSM card reboots when a number of ILMI (atmfVpcVpi) requests are received by the card.

Condition:

The time gap between two ILMI (atmfVpcVpi) requests arriving at the card is too small (the rate at which the ILMI requests arriving is high).

Workaround:

The rate at which the ILMI (atmfVpcVpi) requests to be received by the card should be less than two requests per second.

CSCdr42989

Symptom:

The AUSM card generates excessive traps.

Condition:

PLPP, port, and IMA link traps are generated in excess for small bit errors on the line.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr45128

If the primary clock is configured as inband, the dspclkinfo hardware status may shows the clock as internal even though it is inband.

CSCdr61335

Symptom:

The card gets reset.

Conditions:

The card gets reset when a continuous getnext operation on the atmfVccEntry MIB group is done via the ILMI protocol from the CPE side.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This is happening because one of the semaphores was not being released. Another thing was that the maxilmicells was changed from 100 to 6. This was done in order to prevent the ILMI task from hogging the CPU.

CSCdr63753

Symptom:

The Stratacom Axis Shelf correctly translates Q.933 PDUs from ATM to FR. The Axis shelf correctly translates an X.25 PDU ATM to FR to pass. X.25 PDUs with I Frame values of 0x03 0x08 FR to ATM are incorrectly translated to Q.933 PDUs. The Axis Shelf discards all X.25 1490 PDUs with and I-Frame not equal to 0x03 0x08. When PDUs are discarded, Stratacom View (9.0.03.SOL.Patch1) does show PDUs were received/transmitted but fails to show that they were discarded. Using the CLI command dspchancnt, the statistics Frames Discarded: and RcvFramesUnknownProtocols/XmtFramesUnknownProtocols were pegged on the Axis Shelf.

Conditions:

Workaround:

CSCdr72788

Symptom:

When an ATM port is added with different line and port numbers, the ATM cell delineation alarm never clears.

Condition:

This occurs when the ATM port is added with different line and port numbers.

Workaround:

Use the same number for both the line and port numbers. This has been corrected in the fix.

CSCdr82101

Symptoms:

On an ABR.1 connection (ABR with ForeSight disabled), the PCR(0+1) was changed (after adding the connection to something lower than the value it currently holds), further operations on this channel (via CLI or snmpset) fail.

Conditions:

On an ABR.1 connection (ABR with ForeSight disabled), the PCR(0+1) was changed after adding the connection to something lower than the value it currently holds, further operations on this channel (via CLI or snmpset) would fail. This is because the PCR(0+1) change would change the values of ForeSightPIR and ForeSightQIR, but leave the value of ForeSightMIR unchanged. ForeSightMIR used to have a higher value than ForeSightPIR and ForeSightQIR (after the snmpset) thereby causing further commands on this channel to fail.

Workaround:

This problem has been corrected. When PCR(0+1) is changed, it will be reflected in all three values (ForeSightPIR, ForeSightQIR, and ForeSightMIR).

CSCdr82560

Symptom:

When FRSM-2CT3 and FRSM-8 are connected on the line side and CLLM is enabled between them, FRSM-8 drops the CLLM messages sent by FRSM-CT3. Also FRSM-2CT3 cannot support CLLM timers as low as 40 ms.

Conditions:

The CLLM messages FRSM-8 drops do not carry congestion information. Hence it does not affect anything. But if the FRSM-8 is sending in CLLM messages at 100 ms then FRSM-2CT3 starts drop LMI/CLLM messages as the queue for both is common. This may lead to port alarm transitions.

Workaround:

For the first issue of FRSM-8 drop the CLLM messages there is no workaround but this problem is fixed in 1.30. For the case where FRSM-2CT3 cannot handle CLLM messages at 100 ms, the CLLM timer has to be set at least 250 ms as 2CT3 cannot support anything less.

CSCdr86692

Symptom:

The PXM is stuck in the initialized state due to a bad back card and a PXM7 cold solder problem.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr89759

Symptom:

Traps are sent with reversed VPI and VCI values.

Conditions:

This occurs when a VCC is setup or deleted.

Workaround:

None. This has been fixed.

CSCdr89898

Symptom:

Card gets reset during connection provisioning using SNMP.

Conditions:

Back-to-back SNMP connection ADD requests will cause a reset to the FRSM-2CT3.

Workaround:

There is no concrete workaround. Introduce enough delay in the SNMP connection provisioning script.

CSCdr90170

This happens only when data flow is required between RPM and PXM over IPC channels, such as dir c: file transfer type of activities. This error message posts a warning due to IPC master and slave but does not impact IPC operations. The message appears on the console but not on the PXM syslog.

CSCdr92751

Symptom:

The card gets reset.

Conditions:

In case of Softswitch.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

We are ignoring the config change trap when the card is not active. Also, the addimagrp trap is not sent during any card rest/Softswitch. Note that statistic requests are processed only after the card is active.

CSCds01770

Symptom:

During a manual switchCC, as the standby PXM is active, a few nonreentrant APIs are called by tasks that were waiting to go ACTIVE on standby PXM. SnmpFeRx is an example. This task calls system_initialize(). During this period, if an SNMP request is made by NMS for the MIB-2 SYstem group, the request calls the same API. As the API is nonreenterant, it causes an exception and the snmpAgent task is suspended, which causes PXM to reset.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds02301

Symptom:

None

Workaround:

A new feature to provide SNMP set switchCoreCard. This feature was backported from the 1.1.31 release to the 1.1.25 so that the PXM image can be built successfully.

CSCds16745

Symptom:

GR253 standards are not adhered to in APS unidirection mode mismatch conditions.

Workaround:

None

CSCds24088

Symptom:

Memory leaks on the hot standby card leads to the resetting of the standby.

Conditions:

Channel row status is CHAN_ADD and a connection resync starts on active.

Workaround:

1. Before you run out of memory, use a channel modify to change the chanRowStatus from CHAN_ADD to CHAN_MOD. This should be done immediately after adding the connection.

2. If you are already out of memory or have very low memory, then do a Softswitch and switchback.


Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.24

Bug ID
Description

CSCdp55281

Symptom:

Missing RPM resource partition (rpmrscprtn) line in configuration file.

Conditions:

When trying to add PVCs to an RPM module, you may be prevented from doing so. This is caused by a missing rpmrscprtn line in the configuration file running the configuration. This problem can occur if the PXM is busy when it receives an rpmrscprtn command update from the PXM. If the RPM times out after a request to the PXM, the rpmrscprtn configuration line will be missing from the running configuration file. This problem does not affect traffic or the addition of new connections.

Workaround:

Ensure that the rpmrscprtn configuration line is present in the running configuration file before resetting the RPM card, then save the running configuration file to the startup configuration. This will avoid the confusion of this line not being present in the running configuration. This command can be reexecuted on the RPM if it is missing. Please ensure that the parameters match with the PXM side. This can be checked by displaying the resource partition view on the PAR.

CSCdr05630

Symptom:

MGX 8850 Switch shelf resets with an TlbLoadException error from tDispatch as follows:

Tlb Load Exception
Exception Program Counter: 0x80127fac
Status Register: 0x3000ff01
Cause Register: 0x00000008
Access Address : 0xc8787854
Task: 0x82a485b0 "tDispatch"

Conditions:

The shelf resets when the RPM is stressed; specifically, 3000-byte UDP packets loaded at -9.8 MB on e1/4 and approximately 170 kbps worth of s on e1/1.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr19633

Symptom:

On an AUSM-8T1/E1, the IMA group name matched to an individual line forces the group to go down.

Conditions:

When a line is configured with the IMA group name, then the entire IMA group goes down if the line goes down.

Workaround:

Do not use the same name for the IMA group as the name given to the lines used.

Evaluation:

For AUSM card, when a line goes down, if there is a port(s) within the line, AUSM always send a porttrap to PXM. If the line is one of the links in an IMA GROUP, there is no porttrap except if the available number of links is less than the configured minimum.

This means that when PXM receives linetrap, for AUSM card, it does not need to generate porttrap, which will fix the problem.

CSCdr34252

Symptom:

Management PVC between the MGX 8850 and remote equipment fails after Softswitch of AUSM cards.

Conditions:

After Softswitch is performed the PVC that passes management traffic between devices stops passing through the PXM.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

Management IP connections added from service modules to 7.34 fail to pass data after a switch over occurs from the primary to the secondary.

CSCdr35117

Symptom:

The PXM shelf resets when the RPM is under stress.

Condition:

This problem occurs when the RPM is loaded with an enclosed configuration and traffic is generated toward CARed interfaces with CBWFQ.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The IOS IPC code on PXM was not handling NAK messages from RPM correctly. The code was not checking to see if the port (polling port) the NAK is received for still exists or not (checking for NULL pointer). This cause access to invalid address and eventually shelf reset.

CSCdr38391

Symptom:

Running the clrsmcnf command on a CESM and resetting the standby PXM causes the card to come up in cardinit state.

Workaround:

None. The code has been modified to pass LCN index zero instead of firstdatalcn.

CSCdr42987

Symptom:

End-to-end OAM cells are dropped by the AUSM-8T1/E1 card.

Conditions:

As of Release 5.0.11, AUSM-8T1/E1 dropped end-to-end loopback cells other than AIS, RDI, and Loopback function types in Fault Management OAM cell type. This problem is now corrected so that the end-to-end OAM cells pass through the AUSM-8T1/E1 card though the card does not monitor all of them.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr49478

Symptom:

After a sequence of adding and deleting service module redundancy and issuing the clrsmcnf command, and connection deletion/addition, the command tstcon does not pass on certain connections.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when a 1:1 redundancy is configured between VHS cards in
slot 1 and slot 2. Card 1 is active, and card 2 is standby. Connections are added from 1 to 5. Then, redundancy deleted and connections deleted both on slot 1 and on slot 5 using the clrsmcnf command. Redundancy was then added between slots 1 and 5, and subsequently deleted.

Note that the connection addition was done in an environment wherein no connections existed either on slot 5, slot 1, or slot 2.

Workaround:

1. Use CWM or the CLI to delete connections on both slots when a service module is configured with redundancy.

2. Then issue the command clrsmcnf to clear the port/line configuration.

CSCdr51248

Symptom:

A mismatch is reported due to a MIB corruption since the new versions of VISMs need larger allocation of memory for the MIB.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr55023

Symptom:

ARP translation doesn't work on FRSM-2CT3. Both the destination and the source IP addresses get corrupted in the ARP reply.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when ARP request is initiated from the ATM side. This problem does not occur if ARP request is initiated from the FR CPE side.

Workaround:

One of the following:

1. Use a static IP address instead of ARP.

2. Initiate ARP request from FR CPE.

CSCdr61548

Symptom:

The card resets/fails when more than 600 connections are added when LMI is configured on the port.

Condition:

LMI packets gets corrupted after 600 connections, and subsequently leads to problems during the ESE-SAR handshake. This causes ESE to stop.

Workaround:

No workaround for more than 600 connections.

CSCdr62285

Symptom:

The CESM module generates a general error.

Conditions:

When the command cnfbert is issued, the causes the CESM module to generate the error.

Workaround:

None.


Problems Fixed in Release 1.1.23

Bug ID
Description

CSCdp80130

The dspapsln shows both APS lines to be OK when alarm exists.

CSCdp88046

Slow TFTP GET and corrupted CF file checksum for SM with 3920 active chans.

CSCdm12468

PXM CLI cannot read NVRAM data for UI back card and trunk back card.

CSCdm73868

New IMA link failure trap 50251 is generated.

CSCdm82756

The MGX 8850 stores user passwords in clear text. Any person with IP connectivity to the MGX 8850 can TFTP the userPassword.dat file from the MGX 8850 and view all the passwords. Password are encrypted before saving in the database.

CSCdm83076

IMA Group failure status is Ne start up, whereas Ne is operational.

CSCdp12290

When deleting port, no trap should be sent if RSC partition diskupdate fails. Return value for resource partition deletion diskupdate message, as part of port deletion, is not checked before sending out the subsequent resource partition config change trap. Also, when one of the resource partition diskupdate fails, the port deletion process should stop.

CSCdp14073

A dspabit type command.

CSCdp20616

Cell-loss on PXM-UNI conn on switchover caused by SRM back card removal.

CSCdp43334

The BERT on the FRSM-VHS require the xcnfln, which has misleading parameters for the FRSM-T3 and FRSM-E3 service module. Although some parameters like -ds3enb (dsx3LineBERTEnable) also appear under the xcnfln for the FRSM-E3 card, but BERT could not be started with this parameter and it requires a different parameter -ds3ben (dsx3LineBERTEnable).

Some other times when BERT is enabled on one line, you could not delete the BERT from this line using deldsx3bert and hence forth BERT cannot be enabled on any other line.

CSCdp46146

Cannot delete RPM-RPM connection from the PXM.

CSCdp47079

Policing defaulted to off on certain PXM connection (VBR and ABR).

CSCdp50541

PXM-trunk-clocking goes bad on PXM-switchover. Periodic cell loss on FDR-conns.

CSCdp51846

INCS1.5: Slot failure on SRM brings down voice services CSCdp52180 MGX SRM fail/switchover outage time is unacceptable. CSCdp53887 Feeder connections could not be added via SNMP on AUSM.

CSCdp54765

Cannot add a port to a slot until card reset on FRSM-8T1/E1.

CSCdp57974

Need varbind for Configured Links in certain IMA traps.

CSCdp58707

The dspbecnt command does not work correctly for the non-active line currently.

CSCdp62456

Database integrity commands do not catch incomplete master conns.

CSCdp62652

No updated information about IMA Rx grp ID on AUSM.

CSCdp63757

FunctionModuleFailed Trap 50006 keeps repeating twice.

CSCdp65370

The port on the CESM-T3/E3 is in active state but the line is in RcvLOS alarm. When a T3 or E3 line indicates an alarm condition, the corresponding port state is not updated correctly. Port state is still displayed as active instead of failed due to line.

CSCdp65557/

CSCdp75117

Softswitch on AUSM causes 29 sec. channel outage. When you perform a Softswitch from Primary AUSM to Secondary AUSM in non-bulk mode, if system is very busy, the remote equipment may notice LOF or LOS. It is intermittent.

CSCdp65651

Need to support a new VSI force Del passthru to handle connection timeout. During the connection addition, if the timeout occurs in VSI slave, SPM will clean up all the resources allocated for the connection. It then sends HD Update Fail message to the SM. Both SM & SPM do not have the connection anymore but PAR still has the connection in its database. If the user try to read the connection, PAR will reject the request. The user can not delete the connection either since there is none in the SM.

CSCdp69367

Need to disable CLI session timeout when issuing clrsmcnf. The fix involves disabling the session timeout before clrsmcnf or restoresmcnf commands are carried out and re-enabling the session timeout period when complete.

CSCdp69416

Removal of back card on active APS line causes trunk and conn failure.

CSCdp70976

Arbitrary number of voice calls are dropped due to switchcc on PXM.

CSCdp75827

Values specified via cnflmitimer not preserved after switchcc/resetsy.

CSCdp75844

LMI timeout values specified via the cnflmitimer value not correct. Prior to this fix LMI timers had to be configured (using cnflmitimer command) to double the desired value of LMI timeout.

CSCdp75879

Signaling bits toggle in case of voltage disturbance on T1 input lea.

CSCdp76372

FRSM-2CT3 dspchancnt does not have KbpsAIR field.

CSCdp77244

Support port rate modification without deleting connections.

CSCdp80104

The dspapsln shows both lines in R_AM after alarm on one line was cleared.

CSCdp80154

The dspapsln shows one line in R_AM when both are.

CSCdp81205

When Protection Line was unplugged, it went into P_B state.

CSCdp81859

Introduce dspfail command to display failed connections.

CSCdp82888

PXM reset/switchcc causes the AUSM port to fail.

CSCdp84676

When the service module tries to do graceful upgrade PXM crashes.

CSCdp84773

Symptom:

The resource partition does not get registered on the PXM card.

Conditions:

The resource partitioning of the AUSM card on the PXM is registered as zero instead of a value of three. This process takes place automatically with the AUSM card. On the VISM, it is done by issuing the command addrscprtn.

CSCdp87088

CESM-8T1/E1 clock change to async mode on line causes bit errors on another line.

CSCdp88526

FRSM-2CT3 cards fail when script run to add 4000 conns.

CSCdp91587

The dsx3LineXmtClockSrc cannot be set to localClk on PXM T3.

CSCdp92627

Cannot add redundancy from primary AUSM slot 19 to 30.

CSCdp96495

FRSM-2E3 does not support G.751 clearchannel format.

CSCdp99561

Cannot disable policing on the FRSM-2CT3 if Bc & Be set to max.

CSCdp99581

FRSM-CT3 egress queue build up causing the ingress VCQ to start discard even though traffic was being generated at PIR, with no other VCs active.

CSCdp99795

The k:dspservrate does not show correct values.

CSCdr07429

The restoresmcnf not completely working.

CSCdr07460

The addlnloop on the PXM causes a bidirectional loop.

CSCdr08552

Not able to delete connections from SM after switchcc. In case of UNI connections, able to delete connections but dspcons still shows the connections.

CSCdr09310

VxWorks Ping hangs on receiving ICMP unreachable message from NMS.

CSCdr11405

PVC alarms on FRSM-2CT3 cleared by Softswitch.

CSCdr12167

Pulling active SRM causes IMA PVC to lose traffic w/o alarm.

CSCdr15904

Frames drop on FR-ATM PVCs.

CSCdr15904

Frames are getting dropped on FR-ATM PVC, reason is not shown.

CSCdr25595

/vob/psm/switchmgm/rmeptsm.c

In func rmRebindLcnEpt(), modified the code not to init the pEptBlk->state, pEptBlk->lmiStatus, pEptBlk->lmiChangeFlag if EptBlk already exists.


Compatibility Notes

MGX 8230/8250/8850 Software Interoperability with Other Products

Platform Software:

PXM 1.1.32

MGX 8220 Firmware:

Rev: 4.1.09 or 5.0.15 (Refer to the MGX 8220 Release Notes)

Compatible Switch Software:

Switch Software Release 9.2.33 for BPX and BXM firmware—MFF (Refer to the Switch Software Release Notes)

Network Management Software:

CWM 10.4. Refer to the CWM 10.4 Release Notes.

CiscoView:

CV 10.4. Refer to the CWM 10.4 Release Notes.

The MGX 1x feeder to MGX 2x:

MGX 2.0.12


Firmware File Names and Sizes

The following table displays the file names and file sizes for the Release 1.1.32 Firmware and IOS files. These files correspond to the compatibility charts on the following pages:

File Name
File Size (in bytes)

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

pxm_bkup_1.1.32.fw

1301128

pxm_sc_1.1.32.fw

2241488

ausm_8t1e1_AU8_BT_1.0.02.fw

377836

ausm_8t1e1_AU8_BT_1.0.02.hex

1054496

cesm_8t1e1_CE8_BT_1.0.02.fw

264592

cesm_8t1e1_CE8_BT_1.0.02.hex

735986

cesm_t3e3_CE8_BT_1.0.02.fw

303936

cesm_t3e3_CE8_BT_1.0.02.hex

846641

frsm_8t1e1_FR8_BT_1.0.02.fw

297988

frsm_8t1e1_FR8_BT_1.0.02.hex

829946

frsm_hs1_HS1_BT_1.0.02.fw

293052

frsm_hs1_HS1_BT_1.0.02.hex

816041

frsm_vhs_VHS_BT_1.0.02.fw

467156

frsm_vhs_VHS_BT_1.0.02.hex

1305731

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

frsm_hs1_10.0.21.fw

763692

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.hex

1898336

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.hex

1696871

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

rpm-boot-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

2448740

rpm-js-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

7895412

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384

vism_8t1e1_VI8_BT_2.0.01.fw

245136


MGX 8850 Firmware Compatibility

System Release 1.1.32

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
File Name
File Size
(in bytes)

PXM1

PXM-1

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM1-2T3E3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-4OC3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-1-622

PXM1-OC12

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

AX-CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

AX-CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

AUSMB-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

AUSMB-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-CESM-T3

CESM-T3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

MGX-CESM-E3

CESM-E3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C

FRSM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C

FRSM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

MGX-FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

FRSM-2CT3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2E3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_hs1_10.0.21.fw

763692

MGX-VISM-8T1

VISM-8T1

2.0(1.1)

1.5.05

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384

MGX-VISM-8E1

VISM-8E1

2.0(1.1)

1.5.05

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384


RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8850)

RPM IOS version requirements (with Release 1.1.32):

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest IOS
Min IOS

MGX-RPM-128M/B

RPM

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT

MGX-RPM-PR

RPM-PR

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT


Each RPM card requires the following two files (with Release 1.1.32):

RPM File Type
File Name
File Size (in bytes)

Boot File

rpm-boot-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

2448740

Firmware File

rpm-js-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

7895412


MGX 8250 Firmware Compatibility

System Release 1.1.32

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
File Name
File Size
(in bytes)

PXM1

PXM-1

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM1-2T3E3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-4OC3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

PXM1-1-622

PXM1-OC12

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_1.1.32.fw

2241996

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

AX-CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

AX-CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

AUSMB-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

AUSMB-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-CESM-T3

CESM-T3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

MGX-CESM-E3

CESM-E3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C

FRSM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C

FRSM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

MGX-FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

FRSM-2CT3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2E3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_hs1_10.0.21.fw

763692

MGX-VISM-8T1

VISM-8T1

2.0(1.1)

1.5.05

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384

MGX-VISM-8E1

VISM-8E1

2.0(1.1)

1.5.05

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384


RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8250)

RPM IOS version requirements (with Release 1.1.32):

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest IOS
Min IOS

MGX-RPM-128M/B

RPM

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT

MGX-RPM-PR

RPM-PR

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT


Each RPM card requires the following two files (with Release 1.1.32):

RPM File Type
File Name
File Size (in bytes)

Boot File

rpm-boot-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

2448740

Firmware File

rpm-js-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

7895412


MGX 8230 Firmware Compatibility

System Release 1.1.32

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
File Name
File Size
(in bytes)

PXM1

PXM-1

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_sc_1.1.32.fw

2241488

PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM1-2T3E3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_sc_1.1.32.fw

2241488

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-4OC3

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_sc_1.1.32.fw

2241488

PXM1-1-622

PXM1-OC12

1.1.32

1.1.32

pxm_sc_1.1.32.fw

2241488

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

AX-CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

AX-CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

677872

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

AUSMB-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

AUSMB-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

ausm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

1195740

MGX-CESM-T3

CESM-T3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

MGX-CESM-E3

CESM-E3

10.0.21

10.0.21

cesm_t3e3_10.0.21.fw

606240

AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C

FRSM-8E1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C

FRSM-8T1

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_8t1e1_10.0.21.fw

821064

MGX-FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

FRSM-2CT3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2E3

10.0.22

10.0.22

frsm_vhs_10.0.22.fw

935860

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

10.0.21

10.0.21

frsm_hs1_10.0.21.fw

763692

MGX-VISM-8T1

VISM-8T1

2.0(1.1)

2.0(1.1)

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384

MGX-VISM-8E1

VISM-8E1

2.0(1.1)

2.0(1.1)

vism_8t1e1_002.000.001.001.fw

2159384


RPM IOS Compatibility (MGX 8230)

RPM IOS version requirements (with Release 1.1.32):

PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest IOS
Min IOS

MGX-RPM-128M/B

RPM

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT

MGX-RPM-PR

RPM-PR

12.1(5.3)T_XT

12.1(5.3)T_XT


Each RPM card requires the following two files (with Release 1.1.32):

RPM File Type
File Name
File Size (in bytes)

Boot File

rpm-boot-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

2448740

Firmware File

rpm-js-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

7895412


Compatibility Matrix

This multiservice gateway comparison matrix is designed to identify capabilities supported in the MGX 8220, 8230, 8250, and 8850 platforms.

Feature
MGX 8220
MGX 8230
MGX 8250
MGX 8850, PXM1
Slot Capacity
       

Total Number of Slots

16 single-height

14 single-height/
7 double-height, or combination

32 single-height/
16 double-height, or combination

32 single-height/
16 double-height, or combination

Slots for Processor cards (PXM1s)

2 single-height (plus 2 slots reserved for BNM)


2 double-height


2 double-height


2 double-height

Slots for Service Modules (SMs)

10 single-height

8 single-height/
4 double-height or combination

24 single-height/ 12 double-height, or combination

24 single-height/
12 double-height combination

Slots for SRM Cards

(Service Resource Modules)


2 single-height


2 single-height


4 single-height


4 single-height

 
Physical Attributes
8220
8230
8250
8850

Height (in inches)

8.75

12.25

26.25 to 29.75

26.25 to 29.75

Width (in inches)

17.45

17.72

17.72

17.72

Depth

20.0

23.5

21.5

21.5

 
Services
8220
8230
8250
8850

MPLS (IP +ATM)

No

4

4

4

Voice

No

4

4

4

ATM

4

4

4

4

Frame Relay

4

4

4

4

Frame Relay-to-ATM network interworking

4

4

4

4

Frame Relay-to-ATM service interworking

4

4

4

4

Circuit Emulation

4

4

4

4

 
Local Switching
8220
8230
8250
8850
 

No

4

4

4

 
PNNI Routing
8220
8230
8250
8850
 

No

Future—will require upgrade

Future—will require upgrade

Future on PXM1

 
BPX Feeder
8220
8230
8250
8850

Feeder to BPX 8600

4

4

4

4

Feeder to MGX 8850 PXM-45

No

4

4

4

Feeder to IGX

No

4

No

No

 
Automatic Protection Switching
(APS 1+1)
8220
8230
8250
8850
 

No

4

4

4

 
Switching Capacity
8220
8230
8250
8850
 

320 Mbps

1.2 Gbps

1.2 Gbps

1.2 Gbps

 
Trunk/Port Interfaces
8220
8230
8250
8850

T3/E3

1

2
(one feeder trunk)

2
(one feeder trunk)

2

OC-3c/STM-1

1

4
(one feeder trunk)

4
(one feeder trunk)

4

OC-12c/STM-4

No

1

1

1

OC-48c/STM-16

No

No

No

No

n x T1/E1

4

4

4

4

 
Service Module Front Cards
8220
8230
8250
8850

AX-FRSM-8T1

4

4

4

4

AX-FRSM-8E1

4

4

4

4

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

4

4

4

4

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

4

4

4

4

MGX-FRSM-HS2

4

4

4

4

AX-FRSM-HS1

4

No

No

No

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

4

4

4

4

MGX-FRSM-2T3/E3

No

4

4

4

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

No

4

4

4

AX-AUSM-8T1

4

No

No

No

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

4

4

4

4

AX-AUSM-8E1

4

No

No

No

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

4

4

4

4

AX-IMATM-8T1/B

4

No

No

No

AX-IMATM-8E1/B

4

No

No

No

AX-CESM-8T1

4

4

4

4

AX-CESM-8E1

4

4

4

4

MGX-CESM-T3E3

No

4

4

4

AX-SRM-T1E1/B

4

No

No

No

AX-SRM-3T3

4

No

No

No

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

4

No

4

4

MGX-SRM-3T3/C

Future

4

4

4

MGX-VISM-8T1

No

4

4

4

MGX-VISM-8E1

No

4

4

4

MGX-RPM-128/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-RPM-PR

No

Future

Future

Future

PXM1

No

8230PXM1

8250PXM1

PXM1

PXM1-2T3E3

No

8230PXM1-2T3
8230PXM1-2E3

8250PXM1-2T3
8250PXM1-2E3

PXM1-2T3E3

PXM1-4-155

No

8230PXM1OC3-SIR

8230PXM1OC3-SLR

8230PXM1OC3-MMF

8250PXM1OC3-SIR

8250PXM1OC3-SLR

8250PXM1OC3-MMF

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-1-622

No

8230PXM1OC12-SIR

8230PXM1OC12-SLR

8250PXM1OC12-SIR

8250PXM1OC12-SLR

PXM1-1-622

PXM45

No

No

No

No

 
Back Cards
8220
8230
8250
8850

AX-SMB-8E1

4

4

4

4

AX-RJ48-8E1

4

4

4

4

AX-RJ48-8T1

4

4

4

4

AX-R-SMB-8E1

4

4

4

4

AX-R-RJ48-8E1

4

4

4

4

AX-R-RJ48-8T1

4

4

4

4

MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B

4

4

4

4

MGX-12IN1-4S

4

4

4

4

MGX-BNC-2T3

No

4

4

4

MGX-BNC-2E3

No

4

4

4

MGX-BNC-2E3A

No

4

4

4

MGX-BNC-3T3-M

Future

4

4

4

PXM1-UI

No

4

4

4

PXM-UI-S3

No

4

4

4

MGX-MMF-4-155/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMFIR-4-155/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMFLR-4-155/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMFIR-1-622/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMFLR-1-622/B

No

4

4

4

MGX-RJ45-FE

No

4

4

4

MGX-MMF-FE

No

4

4

4

MGX-RJ45-4E

No

4

4

4

MGX-MMF-FDDI

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMF-FDDI

No

4

4

4

MGX-MMF-FDDI/FD

No

4

4

4

MGX-SMF-FDDI/FD

No

4

4

4

SMB-8-T3

No

No

No

No

SMB-8-E3

No

No

No

No

MMF-8-155-MT

No

No

No

No

SMFIR-8-155-LC

No

No

No

No

SMFLR-8-155-LC

No

No

No

No

SMFIR-2-622

No

No

No

No

SMFLR-2-622

No

No

No

No

SMFLR-1-2488

No

No

No

No

SMFXLR-1-2488

No

No

No

No


Special Installation and Upgrade Requirements

Existing customers should use the upgrade procedure on page 111 to upgrade from 1.1.22/1.1.23/1.1.25 to 1.1.32. For new customers the image will be pre-installed as 1.1.32 and should use the PXM installation procedure to upgrade to future maintenance releases.

A graceful upgrade from any release previous to 1.1.32 is supported. However, a graceful downgrade or aborts during the upgrade is not supported.This also implies that if you have to abort after newrev command (and the commit command), you have to do an ungraceful downgrade.

Below is the procedure for ungraceful downgrade:


Step 1 Save your current configuration.

Saveallcnf

Step 2 clrallcnf

Step 3 Reload old PXMs firmware and boot code.

Step 4 Go to shelcom on both PXMs:

a. setPXMPrimary "version"

b. setPXMSecondary "version"

Step 5 Install bt <version>

Step 6 Load all the old firmware and BT of SM cards.

Step 7 resetsys

Step 8 restoreallcnf


Note If there is not a saved config, follow Steps 1 through 6.



Single PXM Installation Procedure


Step 1 Save your current configuration.

saveallcnf

Step 2 Get the filename by listing the CNF directory:

        node-prompt> ll "C:/CNF"
          size          date       time       name
        --------       ------     ------    --------
             512    APR-08-1999  08:16:18   .                 <DIR>
             512    APR-08-1999  08:16:18   ..                <DIR>
             512    APR-09-1999  05:26:42   TMP               <DIR>
           45433    APR-09-1999  05:28:42   NODENAME_0409990528.zip  
           45433    APR-09-1999  05:28:42   NODENAME.zip      
        In the file system : 
            total space :  819200 K bytes
            free  space :  787787 K bytes

Step 3 On the workstation, upload the saved configuration to the workstation:

        unix-prompt> tftp shelf.ip.address
        tftp> bin
        tftp> get CNF/NODENAME_0409990528.zip
        Received 45433 bytes in 0.4 seconds

Step 4 Download the 1.1.32 PXM runtime image to the PXM.

tftp <node_name or IP address> 
bin 
put <image> @PXM.BT
quit 

Step 5 Download the ComMat.dat file to the C:/fw directory of the Active PXM. Use the TFTP put command:

tftp <node_name or IP address> 
bin 
put ComMat.dat 
quit 

Step 6 On the PXM type the following when the transfer is done:

copy ComMat.dat /FW/ComMat.dat 

Step 7 Execute the install bt 1.1.32 then execute install 1.1.32 command.

Step 8 Answer Yes to the question the install command will ask.


Installation Procedure for Redundant PXMs

This section applies to upgrades from 1.1.23, 1.1.24, or 1.1.25.


Caution Do not remove old firmware until the upgrade is done.

During the graceful upgrade procedure, if after the newrev command the non-active card enters the "MISMATCH" state, do the normal commit command. You will get a warning message:

other card not found,

do you still want to complete the commit operation

Answer yes and then reset the non-active card.

If you get the MISMATCH during the upgrade process, after you finish, you will also get the MISMATCH. To correct the mismatch, you must check your back cards; they must be identical.


Note First you must ensure that the shelf IP address and the PXM IP address are set. The PXM must have its own unique IP address and there must be a another unique IP address for the shelf.


To set the PXM address, use the bootChange command:

        node-prompt> bootChange
        '.' = clear field;  '-' = go to previous field;  ^D = quit
        boot device          : lnPci 
        processor number     : 0 
        host name            : 
        file name            : 
        inet on ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.220:ffff00
        inet on backplane (b): 
        host inet (h)        : 
        gateway inet (g)     : 172.29.37.1
        user (u)             : 
        ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh): 
        flags (f)            : 0x0 
        target name (tn)     : 
        startup script (s)   : 
        other (o)            : 

Set the "inet on ethernet (e) :" field with the first part of the entry (before the :) as the IP address, and the second part as the subnet mask.

Set the "gateway inet (g) :" with the gateway address.

This must be done on both PXMs. This can also be done in backup boot from the VxWorks prompt "->".

To set the shelf IP address:

node-prompt> cnfifip 26 shelf.ip.address subnet.mask broadcast.address

The second argument is the shelf IP address.

The third argument is the subnet mask.

The fourth argument is the broadcast address.


Step 1 Save your current configuration.

saveallcnf

Step 2 Get the filename by listing the CNF directory:

        node-prompt> ll "C:/CNF"
          size          date       time       name
        --------       ------     ------    --------
             512    APR-08-1999  08:16:18   .                 <DIR>
             512    APR-08-1999  08:16:18   ..                <DIR>
             512    APR-09-1999  05:26:42   TMP               <DIR>
           45433    APR-09-1999  05:28:42   NODENAME_0409990528.zip  
           45433    APR-09-1999  05:28:42   NODENAME.zip      
        In the file system : 
            total space :  819200 K bytes
            free  space :  787787 K bytes

Step 3 On the workstation, upload the saved configuration to the workstation:

unix-prompt> tftp shelf.ip.address
tftp> bin
tftp> get CNF/NODENAME_0409990528.zip
Received 45433 bytes in 0.4 seconds

Step 4 Verify that one PXM is Active and the other Standby.

Step 5 On the workstation, download the PXM FW:

unix-prompt> tftp pxm.ip.address
tftp> bin
tftp> put pxm_1.1.23.fw @PXM.FW
put <image> @PXM.BT
Sent 1982672 bytes in 18.3 seconds

Make sure that the transfer is successful by looking at the message displayed on the PXM console after the transfer:

Program length = 1982672
Calculated checksum = 0xd9779bc6 stored checksum = 0xd9779bc6
Fw checksum passed

Step 6 Download the ComMat.dat file to the C:/fw directory of the Active PXM. Use the TFTP put command:

tftp <node_name or IP address> 
bin 
cd fw
put ComMat.dat 
copy ComMat.dat to FW directory on the PXM.
quit 

Step 7 After the transfer is done, type the following on the PXM:

copy ComMat.dat /FW/ComMat.date

Step 8 Do install bt <newrev>> then, do install <newrev>.

Step 9 After the Standby card is reset and successfully enters the hold state, on the Active PXM, do "newrev 1.1.32."

The Active card will be reset and go to hold state.

After the newrev the firmware should now show the new revision on dspcd.

Step 10 After the Active PXM is reset and successfully enters the hold state, on the new Active PXM, do "commit 1.1.32".


Service Module Firmware Download Procedure


Step 1 Download the selected revision of service module firmware into the service module in the selected slot.

tftp <node_name or IP address> 
bin 
put <backup boot> @SM_1_0.BT
quit
tftp <node_name or IP address>
put <FW file> @SM_1_0.FW
quit 

You cannot do two puts in the same TFTP session.

Step 2 Install bt SM <slot> <version> then do install SM <slot> <version>

Step 3 Answer Yes to the question the install command will ask.

Step 4 Reset the card.


Note To upgrade all the SM, load all the firmwares and BTs to the node then do resetsys. Make sure that the configuration is saved.




Note Please consult your Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.


Manual Configuration of Chassis Identification

MGX as a Standalone Node

If any MGX box is to be used as a standalone node for testing, the intended model number from the PXM firmware configuration should be matched MANUALLY by running the "runConfigurator" utility.

Example: ipfrnj40 was running 1.1.24 as a 8850 node:

If the node's model number is set to 8250 by default after a 1.1.32 firmware upgrade, but the ipfrnj40 is still configured as a 8850 standalone node on the CWM side, then CWM will reject the node on discovery, and the node will remain undiscovered.

Solution: On every standalone node, manually verify that the runConfigurator settings match the switch.

Chassis Identification During a Firmware Upgrade

On the CWM side, the emd.conf must be modified to a one second wait time so it can help clean up the emc process's internal cache and CWM database (regarding any slot that has sent the functional removal trap). This ensures that CWM will sync up whatever is current with the switch after the upgrade.

Before a firmware upgrade is begun, complete the following steps:


Step 1 Change the following line in emd.conf:

"Hold for 300 secs before deleting the card after a func module trap is received".

to

"Hold for 1 secs before deleting the card after a func module trap is received".


Note This prevents race conditions in updating the database table from the firmware version upgrade.


Step 2 After emd.conf is changed, send HUP signals to all EMC processes.

Step 3 Revert the changes after the firmware upgrade is complete.

Step 4 Send HUP signals to EMC processes to confirm the changeback.


Service Module Installation/Upgrade and Flash Download Requirements.


Caution Service Module downgrade from 1.1.32 to any down level version is not supported.

If you are moving service modules from an existing MGX 8220 platform to the MGX 8850, the MGX 8220 service modules (AX-FRSM-8T1/E1, and AX-CESM-8T1/E1) need to have the boot flash upgraded to MGX 8220 Release 5.0.00 common boot code (1.0.01 version) before they can be plugged in the MGX 8850 chassis. All MGX 8220 service module versions that use Release 4.0.xx of boot code and earlier are not supported in the MGX 8850.

SPARE DEPOT: Customers receiving a replacement service module via the TAC (through the RMA process) will have the common boot code image that works for MGX 8220 Release 4.x, 5,x, and MGX 8850 installed on legacy service modules. (Spare service modules received directly from manufacturing through the normal ordering process will have the correct boot code image already loaded.)

If loading of the correct common boot code image is required then it will have to be performed on an MGX 8220 chassis, and cannot be performed on an MGX 8850 chassis. Please refer to the procedure below, which is also outlined in the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration Guide on the documentation CD.

Use ftp to port the Axis 5 common boot image for the service module to a workstation.

Plug in the card into the MGX 8220 shelf.

Download the proper MGX 8220 shelf Release 5.0 boot image using the following commands from the workstation:

tftp <ip address of the MGX 8220 shelf > 
bin 
put <boot filename> AXIS_SM_1_<slot#>.BOOT

Now you must insure that TFTP downloaded the appropriate boot code by verifying the flash checksums.

Login to the shelf.

cc <slot #>'
chkflash'

Verify that the two checksums are the same.

If NOT, repeat the process until they are the same. If they are the same, then you can safely remove the card. At this point the service module can be used in the MGX 8850 shelf.

Service Module Upgrades

The following steps need to be followed for service module upgrades. Service module firmware images cannot be downloaded as specific versions in MGX 8850 Release 1.1.32 because only one image can be present on the disk at one instance. Hence the user cannot revert back during the installation process.


Step 1 Download the service module firmware to the shelf:

        unix-prompt> tftp shelf.ip.address
        tftp> bin
        tptp>put frsm_8t1e1_10.0.01.fw @SM_1_0.FW
        Sent 1982672 bytes in 18.3 seconds

Make sure that the transfer is successful by looking at the message displayed on the PXM console after the transfer:

        Program length = 1982672
        Calculated checksum = 0xd9779bc6 stored checksum = 0xd9779bc6
        Fw checksum passed

Repeat for each service module type and for each slot-independent firmware.

For a slot-specific image (in this example the service module is tied to slot 1),

tftp <ip address of the MGX 8850 shelf > 
bin 
put frsm_<version>.fw @SM_1_1.fw

for a slot-dependent image,


Note If the checksums are not the same when you remove the service module then the service module will not boot when it is plugged in and the service module will have to be RMA'ed.


MGX 8850 MGX-FRSM-HS2, MGX-FRSM-2CT3, MGX-FRSM-2T3E3 need to have Release 10.0.01 firmware for the runtime image and Release 10.0.01 firmware for the backup boot image.

If you need to upgrade both flash and runtime image of MGX 8220 Release 4.0.xx service modules to Release 10.0.01 to operate within the MGX 8850 chassis please follow the procedure below, which is also outlined in the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration publication on the documentation CD.

Step 2 For non-graceful upgrades, just reset the card and the service module will come up with the new image.

Step 3 For graceful upgrades, a secondary card should be backing up the service module that needs to be upgraded. Configure the redundancy and issue the command:

install sm <slot> <version>

where <slot> is the service module that is being upgraded

and <version> is the service module image on the disk.


Note The concept of version is redundant here, since there is only one service module image on the disk. However we do check that the version given by the user matches the image on the disk to make it consistent with PXM upgrade/downgrade.


newrev sm <slot> <version>

where <slot> is the service module that is being upgraded

and <version> is the service module image on the disk.

commit sm <slot> <version>

where <slot> is the service module that is being upgraded

and <version> is the service module image on the disk.


Note There is no abort command for service module upgrade.



Known Anomalies for Platform Software and Service Module Firmware

The following is the list of known anomalies in the MGX 8850, Release 1.1.32 delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem. A more in-depth discussion is available in the Release Note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.

Bug ID
Description

CSCdk54268

Symptom:

When sending cells with VPI=0, VCI=0, and CLP=1 on a UNI port, dspportcnt reports the cells as being discarded due to VpiVciErr and the cell rate also gets updated. However, CLP=0 cells are discarded gracefully and no port stats reported.

Conditions:

The local port is an ATM port. The other end is configured as IMA port.

Workaround:

Configure the other end of the port as an ATM port.

CSCdk71643

Symptom/Condition:

This is suppose to be an added feature that gives robust end-to-end connectivity with full recovery in cases of error. But unfortunately, with the current design it will take some extra effort and time to provide this. It will be part of future enhancement and may be available in the next release. Just a little note about why, any traps sent to PAR are directed by LCN number, which is not available without a complete end-to-end connection, which currently limits the generation of traps for incomplete connections (after a stipulated timeout period).

For now, due to absence of these traps a little more responsibility goes to the end user who is creating end-to-end connections. It is important that if and when a connection is added or removed, both Master and Slave end of the connection should be added or removed respectively. Only one side of a connection should not be removed to create a new connection with the other side. Hence creating and deleting connections under any circumstance is complete only with the creation and deletion of both end of the connections. Failure to do this can result in unneeded dangling connections.

CSCdk86638

Symptom:

When using CWM to add connections, if the connection addition request times out, subsequent addition of the same connection may fail as well, complaining that the connection already exists (even though it timed out).

Description:

This is caused by two factors:

1. CWM assumes that when timed out, connections are not added on the switch on which the timeout occurs, and thereby only removes other segments of the timed out connection on other involved nodes.

2. On MGX switches, when CWM reports connection timeout, it does not necessarily mean a timeout on the switch. The CWM timeout may be caused, for example, by the network delay from switch and CWM. The connection may actually be provisioned on the switch.

Workaround:

Do not use the same VPI/VCI/DLCI used by the timed out connections. This can be fixed by CWM to perform a retrieval to check if the connection is actually provisioned or not on the switch, after connection addition times out.

CSCdm05358

Symptom:

When modifying a particular protected memory address on CESM8p, which causes CESM HW watchdog reset, PXM got reset or lost SAR functionality.

Description:

When this happens, CESM sent a huge amount of traffic onto the management connection that is supposed to be used for intercard communication activities such as polling. This traffic causes the SAR to spend all its resources on doing the cleaning/flushing in ISR (interrupt service). This address should never be modified using the shellConn "modify" command. It was used unknowingly in debug/test process.

Workaround:

Don't try to modify this protected address in shellConn (m 0xb300060) (0xb300060 is ATMizer CPU address for SAR on CESM8P). As a general guideline, shellConn commands like "modify memory" should not be used by the customer.

CSCdm10722

Symptom/Condition:

The install, newrev and commit commands for service module upgrade (there is no concept of downgrade here, as there exits only one valid, service module image on the disk at a time), do not follow the same state machine as PXM commands in the current release.

Hence, it is mandatory that for service modules these commands are given in the documented order, which is:

1. install

2. newrev

3. commit


Warning If these, commands are not given in the above specified order, there can exist a situation where there are two different images running on the primary/secondary combination. However, on the disk, there is only one valid image for the service modules.

Workaround:

Assuming that these commands were given out of order, now we have two different images running on primary/secondary combination.

f1—Old image version

f2—Newly downloaded image

1. Reset the secondary card so that it comes up with f2.

2. Do a Softswitch between the two cards so that secondary takes over and becomes active. At the same time, primary is reset and comes up with f2.

3. If you can do a Softswitch to revert back to the original primary to restore normal state.

CSCdm11410

Symptom:

When listing a directory, some file names contain either illegal characters or a timestamp for the name instead of a standard DOS file name. These file entries will fail to be removed when passed to the remove command.

Conditions:

No specific known conditions are responsible for this problem.

Workaround:

Tools are available to clean condition up on the disk. Contact Cisco engineering.

CSCdm22510

Symptom:

Connection traps are not sent out when receiving A-bit update from CPE.

Conditions:

The end result of this is that CWM will not be notified about the channel status change (failure or normal), neither will PXM/PAR.

The remote end is notified via in band OAM.

This applies to all service modules.

Workaround:

None.

For more information on this bug, refer to CSCdm22510.

CSCdm31437

Conditions:

SV+ needs a trap when a line is added or deleted.

Symptoms:

In a Feeder case, SV+ is informed of a line addition through Inband communication. However, in case of stand-alone configuration SV+ needs a trap to determine addition or deletion of lines.

Workaround:

There is currently no workaround for this.

CSCdm33351

Symptom/Condition: For VISM.

When an endpoint is added to a line that is already in an alarm condition, an Endpoint Added Trap message and an Endpoint is Active message are sent to the manager from VISM. However, the Endpoint Failed Indication Trap message is not sent.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm33605

Symptom/Condition: For VISM.

When a switchover to a redundant VISM card takes place due to a reset/failure of the active VISM card, the display on CWM is not correct.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm33638

Symptom/Condition: For VISM.

When a switchover to a redundant VISM card takes place due to a reset/failure of the active VISM card, the switchover takes place but the display of active lines is not consistent between the shelf and CiscoView.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm42849

Symptom:

An execution of the dlmi command to display LMI messages results in a system reboot.

Conditions:

Enable lmitrace using lmitrace command in order to start capturing LMI messages. The dlmi results in system reboot.

Workaround:

The dlmi is a debug command that should not be used when large number of connection are present in the system. This problem is seen only with large number of connections.

CSCdm43053

Symptom:

Connection addition fails.

Conditions:

200 connections are already provisioned in the FRSM-HS1.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

FRSM-HS1 card supports only a maximum of 200 connections. Memory limitations in HS1 SRAM and DRAM place an upper limit on the number of connection data structures that can be stored in memory.

CSCdm48639

Symptom:

Better error checking needs to be provided for SM boot and firmware download. It's possible to download the boot image as firmware and vice versa.

Workaround:

The boot images must be downloaded with the .BOOT extension and the firmware with the .FW extension.

CSCdm53758

Symptom:

Channel alarms do not get propagated to the middle segment if NNI signaling is enabled.

Conditions:

This happens when the channel level traps are disabled. This will be fixed once a bulk trap mechanism is implemented to indicate channel alarms.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm56094

Symptom

The far-end device cannot be put into a loopback using the "Far End Inband Loopback" or the "Far End ESF Loopback" options under the "DEVICE TO LOOP" menu in the cnfbert command. If these options are chosen as part of a BERT pattern test, then the test will not be configured as it will fail to sync the pattern.

Condition

The inband and ESF loopbacks are activated/de-activated by transmitting the loopback codes for the minimum number of seconds specified by the ANSI T1.403 specification. However, due to variations in the way time is measured by the AUSM and the far-end devices, some devices do not detect the code for the desired number of seconds and hence they do not activate/deactivate the loopback.

Workaround

This problem may not be seen on all (far-end) devices. If it is seen, then there is no workaround other than trying to repeat the test configuration till it is successful.

CSCdm85931

Symptom:

There are display errors for FRSM-HS1 card for dspchancnt 17.

Condition:

Unknown. This happens very rarely.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm91930

The LED status in CWM are different for lines in same status in Active card and hot standby.

CSCdm92345

Symptom/Condition:

The VHS SM have either DAX or FEEDER connections on the logical port, which is simulated with some kind of signaling. Simulated line in logical (diagnostic) loopback the CWM shows connections Failed but after deleting the diagnostic loopback from line connections does not come back in OK state event although traffic runs well through the connections. CLI shows the correct status of the connections but CWM does not show the correct status of the connections once connections go to the Fail state.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp00912

Symptom:

Core redundancy should be allowed in mismatch state

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp11859

Symptom:

The ABCD bits that are produced on the egress of a CCS-to-CAS connection seem to have a random/unpredictable pattern. As this also applies to the MFA signal, attached devices might go OOMF.

Workaround:

There is currently no workaround for this.

CSCdp32043

Symptom:

SV+ node sync always failed because of timeout, due to TFTP very low. This condition was caused by manually issuing multiple switchccs on the active PXM during config uploads from a SM to CWM. This condition happens when at least three such uploads to a SM is terminated by the swithchccs. Hitting this window is extremely rare as config uploads start and finish with in a very short duration.

Workaround:

The recovery from this condition is to reboot the SM.

The chances of happening this in the field is very remote.

Engineering has a solution for this problem, which would be thoroughly tested before it is released.

CSCdp34543

Symptom:

Install backup boot fails when it tries to program the flash on the standby card.This problem is with the database manager and the file transfer code. If an active PXM gets reset while the database manager is copying files to the standby, the new active card database manager will be left in a state where it cannot mirror files to the standby.

Workaround:

Before trying the install command, use the shellconn dbmFileShow command on the active. If it shows any file in the state of being copied, you will have the problem. Do a switchcc to clear the problem.

CSCdp35772

Not enough information to find the cause. This should not affect the normal running of the system as the background memory check checks for memory corruption and leaks.

CSCdp36477

Symptom:

The switchcc on 8850 causes a Sig_F APS line switch on BPX.

Conditions:

This happens rarely on our shelves.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp39894

The software error is logged as a result of an attempt to refer to a transaction that is already complete. Such an attempt is due to a retry resulting from a timeout. Since the transaction is already complete, the error is logged only for information and has no serious implication in this case.

CSCdp39900

The software error is logged when trying to allocate a msg buffer to send VSI commit for a connection. Buffer allocation problem was fixed by bug CSCdp29728. Retest the problem with the fix for bug CSCdp29278. If the problem doesn't exist, we can close the bug.

CSCdp42349

Symptom:

A PXM1-155 alarm is issued.

Conditions:

This problem occurs under the following scenario:

Port3 Rx <----> Port4 Tx
Port3 Tx <----> Port4 Rx

When Port3 Rx is removed, and the command dsplog is issued, the log does not indicate the correct alarm status. Note that when the dspcds command is issued, the shelf integrated alarm field is clear.

CSCdp44837

Symptom:

When deleting a large number of connections using a script, it was found that for some connections, the resources were not properly freed.

Workaround:

Do switchcc.

CSCdp46927

Symptoms:

VISM card in alarm after addcid.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when the addcon command is issued on a line in alarm.

Workaround:

Reset the VISM card.

CSCdp48790

This problem has not been reproducible. It was primarily a display issue observed on a one-time occurrence.

CSCdp50045

Symptom:

During boot time, VC-create failed message will be displayed.

Conditions:

This message appears when there is VC configuration in the configuration file.

Workaround:

There is no impact on the functionality.

CSCdp50317

Problem:

Information displayed using the dsphotstandby command is not consistent.

Symptoms:

When one of the cards in a 1:1 hot standby pair is pulled, the dsphotstandby command displays "Slot XX: SM not in Hot Standby state." If you never inserted an SM with hot standby following the last shelf reset, it displays a slightly different message. "Slot XX :SM linked by 1:1 Redundancy. HSB not supported."

Workaround:

None required. If there is no SM in the slot, both the messages indicated that there is no hot standby in this slot.

CSCdp51707

Symptom:

Removing a Service Module, then inserting an RPM in the same slot causes the RPM to go to Active State instead of Mismatch.

Workaround:

Issuing the command resetcd will sometimes correct this problem. However, it's better to issue a clrsmcnf command for the RPM slot.

CSCdp52549

This software error has been a one-time occurrence when deleting a connection. The cause of the software error is a retry attempt to delete a connection that is already in the process of deletion. The error is just a warning and has no side-effect on the connection that is deleted.

CSCdp52776

Symptom:

New CLI command to delportrscprtn for the AUSM and the FRSM.

Conditions

New command to delete the port resource partition to be implemented on AUSM and FRSM.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp53342

Information on this anomaly is unavailable at this time.

CSCdp53347

Symptom/Condition

If two different HS1 SM have too many master and slave connections, delete about 15 slaves first.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp59851

Customer is currently BLOCKED and two channels have deleted automatically. Per the log messages, PAR failed, followed by PVC deletion.

CSCdp60443

Symptom:

A data outage occurs on the FRSM-2CT3, up to 15 seconds in length.

Conditions:

This problem is observed during a switchover induced by removing the back card of the standby card.

Workaround:

User has to do either a Softswitch or issue the resetcd command and remove the back card of the standby card.

CSCdp63530

Symptom:

FRSM-2T3 fails after upgrading causing switchover to secondary.

Condition:

If two FRSM-2T3 cards are set for 1:1 redundancy and a graceful upgrades occurs on PXM, then the Primary FRSM card goes into a fail state and switchover occurs. This always happens in the above scenario.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp63922

Connections could not be added successfully from a SM, with a particular port/DLCI combo that did not seem to be used.

CSCdp63924

SYSTEM ERROR 20102 (PV_DB_RMV_ERR) is reported when we try to refer a completed transaction. This is duplicate of the bug CSCdp39894

CSCdp65639

This is needed in cases of abnormalities such as excessive error logging, which are more prevalent when the product is in development in engineering environment. Conditions such as these are not expected to occur in released software. Existence of any such problem that can lead to time-out scenario described in the bug report would be the one to be addressed as the root cause. There are no known outstanding issues of such nature at this time in released software.

CSCdp65652

The ImaGroupRxImaId is not updating properly on the AUSM when the TxImaGroupId parameter is manually changed via the Kentrox CPE.

CSCdp71408

No information is available about this anomaly at this time.

CSCdp75846

Problem description:

In the AAL1 cells generated by CESM for a Structured T1 CAS connection, the AAL1 pointer may not be pointing to the first 125 us frame of the multiframe.

Symptom:

Analog modem calls that are transported over the Structured T1 CAS CESM connections may experience more bit corruptions than on a normal TDM link. This may even exceed the tolerable Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) for some modems and might result in modem calls getting dropped.

Workaround.

Use unstructured CESM connections if analog modems drop calls due to excessive bit corruption.

CSCdp77451

Symptom:

Inserting standby PXM can cause the Telnet to be lost on the active PXM.

Workaround:

1. On active card issue bootchange command and change the Ethernet IP address to something different than the one displayed by dspifip for the Ethernet interface. This can be any spare IP address on that network.

2. Insert new standby card and wait for it to become standby.

3. On active card change bootchange IP address back to original IP address of shelf. If this process is not followed, then the newly inserted standby card could end up bringing up the Ethernet interface with the same IP address as the active and broadcast its MAC address so that all Ethernet connectivity is lost on the active card. To correct this situation if it occurs, do the following:

a. Telnet and log into the console on the active card.

b. Reset the standby card by using resetcd or reinsert the card.

c. Go into shellConn.

d. Enter arpEnetUpdate at shellconn prompt.

Ethernet connectivity via Telnet and TFTP to the active card should be restored.

CSCdp81287

The clrsmcnf says unsupported SM for CESM-8E1.

CSCdp84145

Symptom:

When adding a connection from CWM using local and remote nodename, which is different from the one configured on the node (because CWM is not synced), the addcon request erroneously passes and the connection gets added. This is because some service modules are not doing the checking for the Local Nodename. It just passes the Local Nodename without checking whether it is valid or not. When the addcon request comes to PAR, we check whether the local and remote NSAP match or not, in case they match we allow the addcon to go through. PAR assumes the Local nodename to be correctly passed from Platform.

The error is not seen when we try to add a connection from CLI with incorrect remote nodename. In case of CLI, we don't have to specify the Local Nodename, it is extracted from the database by the respective Service Module. This problem is only seen when we use CWM (to reproduce the problem one can use SNMP set as well).

We need make sure that Service Modules are doing the validity check for Local Nodename before sending the Hard Disk Update to Platform.

CSCdp84773

It has been found that the Resource Partitioning of an AUSM card on the PXM is registered as zero instead of a value of three. This process takes place automatically with the AUSM card, and on the VISM it is done with a command of addrscprtn.

CSCdp86479

Symptom:

PVCs shown as UP on RPM even when they are deleted remotely.

Conditions:

PXM ver: 1.1.0 RPM ver: 12.1(0.7)PI PVCs are added between two RPMs through a ls1010 (ATM Switch).

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp89717

Symptom:

In some cases, when RPM fails, it is not declared as failed on PXM, and any attempt to cc to this FAILED card fails, even though it is showing ACTIVE on PXM. So this is not a cc problem, but the card state should be changed from ACTIVE to FAILED.

Workaround:

Check the console of RPM and if it has failed, reset the card either from console (using reload command) or from PXM (using resetcd <slotno> command).

CSCdp92736

Symptom:

The line, port, channel counters are reset to zero, and start counting from 0 after a switchcc.

Conditions:

This is always the case, even in the case of an SM switchover.

Workaround:

CWM maintains a copy of the counters, in 15-minute bucket intervals, after the switchcc, the previous values can be retained from CWM DB.

CSCdp93004

Symptom:

When a connection fails, the A-bit status displayed on the connection manager for the particular connection always stays as "ok". The PXM does not send the A-bit information to the connection manager, so the A-bit information does not reach the connection manager and the channel status is not reflected in the CWM. It is displayed as "ok" even if the channel is in failed state.

CSCdp94060

Receiving user connection modification traps 25015 for no reason.

CSCdp96632

Symptom:

The table rpm_port parameter will have -1 value, even if the port is in the active state.

Workaround:

Table rpm_port parameter will have -1 value even the port is in active state. The rpm_port parameter table has the wrong value because the status given by RPM does not match with the values expected by MIB definitions. As a result, the retrieved values show wrong status.

CSCdp99496

Symptom:

When the help command (?) is issued in the following manner:

FRSM-VHS2T3?

The return display shows that dspportstats is a command. However, no such command exists.

Condition:

Happens always on an FRSM-VHS2T3.

Workaround:

Do not use the CLI dspportstats for FRSM-VHS2T3 and FRSM-VHSHS2 cards.

CSCdr00016

Symptom/Condition:

This problem was encountered sometimes when deleting more than 500 connections using a single delchans command.

Workaround:

It is recommended not group such a large number of connections in each delchans command. Restricting to 50 or 100 connections per delchans would help work around this problem.

CSCdr01410

Symptom:

PXM resets if holding down the return key while cc'ed to a service module.

Workaround:

Don't hold the Return key.

CSCdr01426

Symptom:

Error logs overwritten and no core dump. Information is not retained on reset.

Condition:

One time occurrence.

CSCdr02667

Symptom:

When IMA ports are configured on AUSM via SRM (BULK distribution), execution of switchcc causes IMA port failure.

Workaround

None.

CSCdr04154

Customer has come upon a failed PXM in their shelf and would like to have EFA done on it to determine the root cause of the failure.

CSCdr05471

Softswitch caused FRSM-CT3 cards to go to failed state, and ed map in the PXM had the same slot number for both the entries.

CSCdr06052

Symptom:

The dspcd in PXM would show the FAB number as 800-XXX, which is actually the PCB number.

Workaround:

The dspnovram command would help in reading the FAB Number.

CSCdr10332

Symptom:

Upon switchcc, AUSM in bulk mode receives wrong VPI-VCI cells. The setup includes AUSM-to-AUSM DAX connections. An ATM tester is connected to one AUSM and traffic is pumped through it. The other AUSM is configured in bulk mode. Traffic is being pumped on four ports of the card. When a switchcc is done, some ports of AUSM get cells with wrong VPI-VCI. Some recover and some not.this was observed more frequently when a back card was inserted in the AUSM slot configured in bulk mode. This was also observed when the back card was not present.

CSCdr11454

PVC alarm status was not reported correctly after a Softswitch was executed on FRSM-2CT3.

CSCdr14672

Standby FRSM shows not available under redundancy and hot standby table. Happened once. User was performing a lot of operations such as Softswitch, switchcc, delapsln, addapsln, switchapsln, dspred and dsphotstandby command outputs however, show one slot to be empty and second one available as hotstandby respectively. It is not possible to Softswitch from one to the other since one is not available as a standby.

CSCdr15892

The addlnloop on the PXM causes SONET line alarms, which sometimes do not clear when the loop is removed.

CSCdr16499

Symptom:

RPM sends Trap 50600 after resetcd.

Conditions:

PXM ver: 1.1.22Ll RPM ver: 12.0.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr16720

Problem Description:

Softswitch caused the standby FRSM-VHS to Failed state. (Though Softswitch succeeded according to the CLI it really didn't occur.)

Setup:

FRSM-2T3 cards in Slots 1 and 2 and configured for 1:1 redundancy with Y-cable and connected to ADC-Kentrok DSU. Traffic was pumped from Tekelec tester to the cards. FRSM-2T3 in Slot 1 was in Active and FRSM-2T3 in Slot 2 was in Standby.

Steps involved:

With the traffic present, configured cnflnsubrate on FRSM-2T3 on the Active card (Slot 1). The configuration went fine. Then did a Softswitch. The Softswitch CLI got executed and the dspcds CLI executed immediately after the Softswitch, showed the Slot 1 as still active and Slot 2 as standby, but the redundancy column was giving the message covering Slot 1.

The next dspcds showed the card in Slot 2 as Failed. (It was supposed to have come to Active and the card in Slot 1 should have gone to Standby.) The card in Slot 1 never got reset and the traffic continuity was perfect.

CSCdr17959

Symptom:

AUSM card hangs if 2 to 3 ILMI requests are sent on a port. It reboots if 5 ILMI requests are sent.

Workaround:

Disable ILMI.

CSCdr19456

Symptom:

Sending five ILMI requests to an AUSM card makes the directly connected AUSM card reboot, setting up an HP test set to a directly connected AUSM card. This created a connection to another AUSM card with a loopback plug on that port. After sending only two ILMI requests, the directly connected AUSM card locks up.

After sending five ILMI requests the directly connected AUSM, the card reboots.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr20239

Symptom:

When the command tstcon is issued, it clears the alarm status of connection when connection is failed due to remote A-bit failure.

Conditions:

This problem occurs on with a feeder connection. This problem is not consistent.

Workaround:

None. Resetting the card may produce the correct alarm status.

CSCdr21393

Symptom:

The AUSM-AUSM loopback connections go into alarm.

Conditions:

This happens when CCS connections are added between VISM and AUSM.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This problem occurs when there are CCS connections added between VISM and AUSM. Only the loopback connections are going into alarm.

CSCdr22375

Symptom/Condition:

The added between SMs fails to report a feature mismatch but dspsmcnf shows identical feature bitmaps for the two SMs. Happens only when a graceful PXM upgrade is done to 1.1.23, and no SM upgrade/reset is done after the PXM upgrade and an addred is attempted.

The IMA feature has been made standard instead of optional in 1.1.23 PXM firmware. Hence an SM that booted while the PXM ran pre-1.1.23 firmware will maintain its old feature bitmap. But an SM that booted while the PXM ran 1.1.23 firmware (or greater) will show a new feature bitmap. Addred will thus fail between two such SMs.

Workaround:

After the PXM upgrade, reset all the SMs for which addred needs to be done, and then do addred.

CSCdr23964

Symptom:

The 50012 trap is sent twice.

Conditions:

This occurs when the DC power supply is on.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The moduleTrapAlarmSeverity is "0" in the first one and "major(2)" in the second one.

CSCdr25038

Symptom:

There are times when we are not able to send the cc frame to the RPM card and as such not able to do a cc.

Conditions:

If SCM is busy talking to RPM then the cc frame gets lost and is not able to go to the card.

Workaround:

The cc is successful the second time.

CSCdr25083

Symptom:

Mod Conn fails with error "Wrong OID or problem with Varbind" for FRSM-VHS endpoint connections. Both DAX/NONDAX.

Condition:

Unknown. This happens with some versions of switch only.

Workaround:

Upgrading the switch version from 1.1.22 to 1.1.23 will solve the problem.

CSCdr25163

Details on this anomaly are not available at this time.

CSCdr26529

Symptom:

Able to restoresmcnf on a different slot.

Workaround:

Be sure to enter the correct slot number (the slot number is part of filename). The filename is formed as:
<nodename>_<sm slotnumber>_<cardtype>_<mib version>_<timestamp>.

CSCdr28177

Symptoms:

During a switchcc, VISM lines go into yellow alarm for a very short interval.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr36469

Symptom:

CLI commands are required to display the NOVRAM contents of all the MGX 8850 cards.

Workaround:

The "dspnovram" command displays the NOVRAM contents of the PXM and SRM modules.

The "dspcd" command displays the NOVRAM contents for most of the service modules except the FRSM-HS1 cards.

For RPM, use the "show rpm" command.

CSCdr41616

Unable to Telnet to the active FRSM card even when there only one cc session initiated to that SM. This problem has been reproduced using two different scenarios that are noted in this case.

CSCdr43216

The stand-by PXM and all service modules go into a failed stated after 64-byte packet transmitted from RPM.

CSCdr44024

The MGX and BPX defaults are consistent. The solution is to explicitly configure the framing. AXSM needs to be changed.

CSCdr44337

Symptom:

The aveallcnf creates 2 identical files.

Workaround:

The saveallcnf creates one file with timestamp and the same is copied to <nodeName>.zip file. Saveallcnf is not restricted to run only once.

CSCdr44487

Symptom:

System error is printed onscreen.

Conditions:

Unknown.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdr49478

Symptom:

This is a one-time occurrence. After a sequence combination of adding and deleting SM redundancy and clrsmcnf, and connection deletion/addition, tstcon is not passing on certain connections.

Conditions:

Occurs when there is 1:1 redundancy configured between VHS cards.

Workaround:

Use CWM or CLI to delete connections on both slots when SM is configured with redundancy. Then use the command clrsmcnf to clear the port/line configuration.

CSCdr53807

Symptom:

The LED on a card is green even though the card failed.

Conditions:

It occasionally happens that a card fails, but the LED does not change color, and remains green.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr57422

Symptom:

Channel Active or Channel Added trap was not received by CWM.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr58123

Symptom:

The card gets reset.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when a continuous getnext operation on the atmfVccEntry MIB group is done via the ILMI protocol from the CPE side.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This problem is a duplicate of CSCdr61335.

CSCdr58189

Symptom:

Alarm status is inconsistent for standby PXM card.

Condition:

When there is an alarm on the active PXM, the standby PXM state is also displayed as a minor alarm while issuing the command dspcds.

Workaround:

None. It is working as implemented.

CSCdr60198

Symptom:

The Arbiter PLD on the existing 4E back cards is not compatible with the PCI rev2.1 Port Adapter bridges that are used on the RPM400. However it does work with the older PCIrev2.0 bridges used on the RPM and RPM/B. The new PLD solves the arbitration problem at the expense of some performance.

Workaround:

Use the new RPM 4E/B with the new Arbiter PLD for RPM-PR. This card is backward compatible with RPM/B.

CSCdr61309

Symptom:

MGX log fills up when the Frame Relay port is in alarm.

This generates the following error message:

05/27/1999-19:31:38 8 tlmi 4062 MSG Number error : Port: 98

CSCdr61335

Symptom:

The card gets reset.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when a continuous getnext operation on the atmfVccEntry MIB group is done via the ILMI protocol from the CPE side.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This problem is a duplicate of CSCdr58123.

CSCdr61360

Symptom:

When the AUSM card is receiving AIS from the network side as well the A-bit alarm from PXM, it passes the received AID toward the port side as well as generates its own AIS, thus sending duplicate AIS on the port side.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The duplication of AIS has to be stopped as part of the fix.

CSCdr61544

No information is available about this anomaly at this time.

CSCdr62285

Symptom:

When running BERT tests on CESM lines or ports, the PXM might report a general error.

Condition:

This problem is caused whenever PXM sends a BERT message to CESM with a
Qid = 0. BERT m with Qid = 0 are reserved for intercard purposes in CESM; hence, CESM will not reply to those messages. This causes the PXM to time out.

Workaround:

None. User has to reinitiate BERT on the port or line.

CSCdr62322

Symptom:

Some of the BERT test patterns, for example, QRSS, fail to synchronize with the new CESM-8T1 card.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr62361

Symptom:

Able to configure line parameters on an FRSM when BERT port tests are running.

Conditions:

The problem occurs in the following scenarios:

Scenario 1: When the line parameters configured and the line parameters given for configuration are the same, the Framer will not be reprogrammed. There is no ERROR returned in this case (irrespective of whether BERT is enabled or not). From the BERT point of view, it doesn't mean that line parameters got modified just because ERROR is not flagged.

Scenario 2: When Framer needs to be reprogrammed, for example, when the configured and given line parameters are different, and if BERT is enabled, an ERROR is flagged.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr62370

Symptom:

BERT pattern tests on the SRM-3T3-C are intermittently not synchronized with the FRSM-8E1 module.

Workaround:

CSCdr66666

Symptom:

Some of the lines in IMA group become unavailable.

Conditions:

After a switchcc on the PXM, the AUSM-8T1 card starts displaying Minor Alarm. Some of the lines configured as a part of the IMA group became unavailable. The respective AUSM-8T1 card is in bulk mode.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

Note that this problem is a duplicate of CSCdr58168.

CSCdr68155

Symptom:

Sometimes the disk update messages for the simulated delete connection/delete port done when the clrsmcnf command is issued occurs after the database is removed (as a result of clrsmcnf). These update messages are harmless, and do not create any problems.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr71479

Symptom:

Lines on AUSM/B in slot 9 of MGX 8850 are failed upon switchover to redundant AUSM/B.

Conditions:

When using 1:N redundant configuration with AUSM/B in slot 9 of MGX 8850, all lines are placed into alarm upon switchover to the redundant card. The line status is correctly returned upon a switchover back to the AUSM/B in slot 9. This was observed in 1.1.21 and 1.1.23.

Workaround:

Only known workaround is to not use slot 9 for an AUSM/B card.

CSCdr71982

Symptom:

CESM addred displays incorrect error message when the card is in Reserved State.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr73483

Information on this anomaly is unavailable at this time.

CSCdr82396

Symptom:

The srvovrd option is not functioning in cnfchansrvrate command.

Conditions:

Adding connection on a line, modifying the channel service rate (srvrate) with service override (srvovrd option) disable, the channel service rate is getting updated. But it shouldn't happen.

This condition exists:

1. With zero CIR connection.

2. With non-zero CIR connection.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr90512

Symptom:

Not able to collect statistics from the MGX 8850 Release 1 shelf.

Conditions:

All different types of statistics for ports, channels, and lines are enabled.

Workaround:

Reduce the number of statistics collected.

CSCdr90658

Even though xaddcon/xcnfcon displays 38328 cps as the maximum value if calculated correctly, it should have been 38312 cps, do not configure it to a maximum of 38328 cps.

CSCdr90871

Symptom:

Customer is requesting additional information be provided in the log file when a PVC is deleted. Customer indicates it would make it easier for isolating problems. Currently only the channel number is provided in the log.

Conditions:

Deleting a channel

Workaround:

None

CSCdr90987

Symptom:

The cnfclklevel command succeeds for level 3 even if the old PXM UI back card is used.

Conditions:

The problem happens under all conditions.

Workaround:

None.

Further Description:

This is cosmetic in nature. The command actually failed but it did not display the error message to the user. Fix needs to be added to the code to print this error message.

CSCdr91331

Symptom:

Configurations, like bulk mode SRM configurations, seen in unused slots of the shelf.

Conditions:

This could happen when configurations like bulk mode SRM configurations exist on a standby PXM which when moved to another standby PXM slot in a new shelf, could cause the original configurations to be retained. These configurations could then become active after a switchcc is performed and the standby PXM becomes active.

CSCdr91665

Symptom:

The displayShelfBanner on Standby PXM does not display the right banner.

Conditions:

Irrelevant.

CSCdr92373

Symptom:

PUBLIC community string should be "READ-ONLY", on MGX "PUBLIC" can be used to write by SNMP.

Conditions:

SNMP set to any READ/WRITE MIB object with community string set to "PUBLIC" will go through. This should return an error.

Workaround:

Do not consider SNMPv1 as secure, additional (firewall security) should be provided. There is no workaround except that currently there is no READ-ONLY community string. CWM takes care of this problem.

Further Problem Description:

The snmpAgent should be fixed to support "READ-ONLY" community string of PUBLIC. Will be fixed in future releases.

CSCdr93342

Details on this anomaly are not available at this time.

CSCdr93376

Details on this anomaly are not available at this time.

CSCdr93664

Symptom:

Unused slots on 8250 show up as "reserved" even after a clrallcnf.

Conditions:

This could happen after the active PXM is transferred from an 8230 shelf to an 8250 shelf.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr96138

Symptom:

Tried to configure the transmit FEAC code to be dsx3SendPayloadCode on DS1s, which should be rejected since DS3 application on PXM is unchannelized. The dsplog shows that the transmit code is invalid but CLI accepts and configures it.

r8250-1.1.7.PXM.a > cnfln -ds3 7.1 -tfeac 3

r8250-1.1.7.PXM.a >

Conditions:

It happens under all conditions.

Workaround:

None.

Further Description:

Check needs to be added in the firmware to see if the card is PXM then do not allow the dsx3SendPayoadCode on DS1s. This option is applicable only for channelized DS3s (SRM 3T3).

CSCdr98578

Symptom:

1. Parameter fields for command dspalms is not preceded with an -example: dspalms ds3 | e3 | SONET instead of dspalms -ds3 | -e3 | -SONET

2. Command lists option plcp for the alarm table, which is of no use here.

Condition:

Executing command dspalms.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds03072

The soft reset path on the RPM400 rommon is not re-initializing the TLB correctly that causes RPM400 card not coming up. The new rommon placed a work around on soft reset to look like a POR, which can make sure the card will come up properly.

CSCds04372

Initial Burst Size behavior (IBS) is not functioning correctly for the ABR connections.

CSCds05040

Symptom:

The major alarm LED on the active and the standby PXM on MGX 8850 are on, while the CLI commands do not show any indication of alarm.

Conditions:

If the SRM back card in the redundant core card set is removed and reinserted, the alarms on the shelf will be clear, but the MAJ alarm LED alone will be left turned on.

Workaround:

Perform switchcc to clear the LED.

CSCds05580

Symptom:

On doing a dspcon on a PXM connection, the remote end LCN is displayed as 0.

Conditions:

This has been observed once by the submitter of this bug.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds05593

Symptom:

1. Setup local loopback on SRM and any SM. Both will display AlarmState LocalLoopback. This does not show up on dspcds.

2. Issue a clralm on the SRM and the AlarmState clears. Issue a clralm on any SM (AUSM, FRSM, CESM) and the AlarmState does not clear.

Condition:

Setup local loopback on SRM and any SM.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds05978

Symptom:

On trying to use option "*" for VCI in the cnfilmi command as specified in the CLI help, the command returns an error.

Conditions:

Will happen on attempting to configure ILMI with VCI="*" on AUSM-8T1/E1 cards.

Workaround:

Do not use the option "*" for VCI in the cnfilmi command.

CSCds07944

Symptom:

The clralmcnt -ds3 does not clear the counters.

Workaround:

Use clralms -ds3

CSCds08528

Symptom:

The ports do not go into signaling failure even after the two ports have a signaling mismatch.

Condition:

This happens when the two ports have been put into a signaling mismatch.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

Problem still under investigation.

CSCds09036

Symptom:

The version displays StrataCom instead of displaying Cisco.

Condition:

When you execute the CLI "version."

Workaround:

None.

CSCds09448

At present CWM is setting %util values(lper_util, rper_util) to -1. CWM will get these values from * TFTP config UpLoad File * SNMP UpLoad file. CWM will parse these values and update Database. For FSRM(4T, 4E, 8T, 8E.), AUSM, VISM, CESM cards we are not getting lper_util & rper_util values in TFTP upload and SNMP upload fields. But these values are there on CLI. It is required to have these %util values in TFTP & SNMP config Upload files for all cards, so that CWM can parse these values and populate in database.

CSCds10270

Symptom:

When a OC-12 feeder trunk is configured as 1+1 unidirectional mode, the PXM-622 OC-12 line on slot 7.1 of peartx40 MGX node did not have the option in specifying whether the "working" or "protection" line would be applied upon an external request such as "Manual Switch" and "Forced Switch". This will prevent the capability to allow a user to change a request from "MS: W->P" to "FS: W->P" directly.

Conditions:

With APS configured and trying to do switchapsln.

Workaround:

None

CSCds10279

Symptom:

Request for user-friendly APS status information.

Conditions:

If APS is configured in the system, more information may be required for debugging.

Workaround:

Use the dspapsln and the dumpaps commands. For decoding K1 and K2 information, use standards document.

CSCds10286

Symptom:

The PXM displays the incorrect error message when trying to switch APS line using switchapsln CLI. The error message seen is "Manual Switching is blocked by SF or SD on PROT line," which is incorrect when the switch is being attempted from Protection line to working line.

Conditions:

An OC-12/OC-3 trunk/line is configured as 1+1 unidirectional mode on the PXM. When the working line is in LOS and a MS APS switching request is made, the PXM incorrectly shows the request is blocked by SF or SD on protection line.

Workaround:

None. This is an erroneous message and can be ignored.

CSCds10287

Symptom:

An APS protection switch has occurred because of line alarm. When the status of dsptrks and dspalms are checked, they indicate that the lines are clear.

Conditions:

An OC-12/OC-3 feeder trunk/line is configured as 1+1 unidirectional mode on the PXM. When the working line is in LOS, both dspalm and dsptrks fail to display a correct alarm status. Instead, they display "Clear" on the line in failure.

Workaround:

The dspapsln and dumpaps commands can be used to obtain the APS and line status. The dsptrks will show clear because data traffic is not impacted.

CSCds10377

Symptom:

When one of the OC-12/OC-3 lines are in alarm, the CLI dspapsln shows the line status as "ALM" instead of specifically indicating LOS/LOF.

Conditions:

When a OC-12/OC-3 line/trunk configured for APS goes into alarm because of LOS or LOF.

Workaround:

Use the dspalm CLI command to obtain the correct alarm status.

CSCds10765

Symptom:

Software error 20304 was observed during resetsys/switchcc.

Conditions:

Software error 20304 is logged during resync, when database inconsistency is detected. This is a rare occurrence, not been reproduced.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds11679

No known workaround. To be fixed in later releases.

CSCds12647

From Cisco WAN Manager, v9.2.07, Connection Manager, customer tries to create a new NRTVBR3 connection on MGX 8850. There are three passwords: login, password, and RPM enable password.

Customer has verified that:

login = PXM login password password = PXM password

RPM enable password = RPM enable password.

In order to connect to this device using Connection Manager, customer must configure on the MGX the RPM vty password and enable password as the same. This is NOT ACCEPTABLE due to a possible security breach. If a customer knows the vty login, then they will also know the enable password to the RPM.

CSCds13629

Symptom:

Issue clrallcnf on PXM, RPM400 failed to erase the connection setup in NVRAM.

Conditions:

The clrallcnf wasn't able to clear all the connections. NVRAM, as seen on RPM400, was because clrallcnf command was aborted midway by "corrupted" NVRAM. Two criteria to determine NVRAM is bad: bad NVMAGIC number or checksum error. This is due to the ROMMON being compiled on cosmos branch instead of del_t branch.

Fix/Workaround:

Placed a workaround in the new rommon to re-initialize RPM400 properly. When cosmos branch is successfully merged to del_t via del_t_pi4 in the future, all the problem will be fixed.

CSCds14812

Symptom:

During a switchcc, the AUSM Secondary active card LEDS show LOS for a while.

Condition:

During a switchcc.

Workaround:

No workaround.

Further Problem Description:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds15610

Symptom:

PXM takes long time (10+ mins) to reprogram the connections after power recycle.

Conditions:

Many connections have been added before the power recycle.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds15835

Symptom:

When a user configures a CESM-T3 or E3 line in a local loopback, the dspalm display does not indicate that the loopback is configured on the line.

Condition:

The dspalm does not reflect the loopback status in all conditions.

Workaround:

There is no workaround to this display problem. Configuring local loopback using addlnloop will program the line for loopback, similarly, dellnloop will bring the line out of the local loopback state.

CSCds16990

Symptom:

When issuing clrsmcnf, an "auto:upLoadBram, Read file failure" can be seen on screen.

Condition:

Unknown.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCds17001

Symptom:

Log file cannot be found for a particular slot.

Conditions:

Use dsplog command with invalid option.

Workaround:

Give valid option. Use dsplog ? for all valid options.

Further problem description:

When receiving a command with invalid option, system should return error for unknown option.

CSCds18374

Symptom:

Reset of an FRSM-HS2 card corrupted the PXM card type matrix and it started displaying improper card types.

Conditions:

It's highly likely that some other operations done before this one would have already triggered the problem. So the submitter needs to analyze that and see if the problem can be reproduced.

Workaround:

Based on the snapshot attached in the Description note, the following steps should be followed:

Ungraceful: Perform a resetsys on the node. This will cause all the cards in the node to get reset. It'll take approx. 5 minutes for the whole node to come up depending upon the load.

Graceful:

a. Reset Standby PXM first. Wait for it to come up to Standby.

b. Once dspcds output is displayed properly on Active PXM, perform a switchcc. This will reset the current Active PXM. Wait for it to come up to Standby.

c. Now reset all the SMs shown incorrectly in the dspcds one by one.

CSCds18459

Symptom:

The help string shows an incorrect value for the line rate.

Conditions:

Always.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds18513

Symptom:

Error message while configuring the line rate gave a misleading reason for failure.

Conditions:

Whenever the line rate is attempted to be configured greater than 8.192 Mbps.

Workaround:

No workaround as of now.

CSCds18524

Symptom:

Addcon help for CIR shows a range greater than the possible line rate.

Conditions:

Happens every time help is required for CIR of addcon.

Workaround:

No workaround as of yet.

CSCds18760

Symptom:

Local Connection ID returns wrong VPI on the slave side of addcon.

Conditions:

Every time a connection is added.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds19141

Symptom:

The card goes into mismatched after the CLI cnfbctype.

Conditions:

Happens every time cnfbctype is used.

Workaround:

Use clrsmcnf after cnfbctype.

CSCds19155

Symptom:

The tstcon passes for a deleted side of connection.

Condition:

Add both slave and master end of connection. Delete the slave end. Run tstcon from the master end.

Workaround:

None. SAR does not verify the connection existence before replying for the tstcon.

CSCds19333

Symptom:

The port loopbacks trap are not generated when the loopback is initiated using BERT.

Condition:

When the ports are configured in loopback using BERT.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCds19363

Details on this anomaly is not available at this time.

CSCds19477

Details on this anomaly is not available at this time.

CSCds19934

Symptom:

Port is generating a large number of async updates when the connection is made up/down.

Conditions:

The async updates begins flooding the port when connections are made up/down.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds20497

Symptom:

An alarm is not raised by the slave end when the corresponding master end is deleted.

Conditions:

This happens when the master connection of a DAX connection is deleted.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds25261

Symptom:

SNMP trap to indicate ILMI failure on AUSM card causes HP OpenView to crash.

Conditions:

When ILMI is disabled or fails, (after being enabled), an SNMP trap #50915 is sent to CWM. This trap causes HP OpenView to crash with the following message:

"xnmevents lost contact with pmd.
No new events will be received.
Lost connection with pmd/ovEvent process (application disconnected)"

Workaround:

None.

CSCds25992

The command cnfplpp configures a line even when the line has not been added/enabled.

CSCds28525

Symptom:

The alarm status for the connection shown at CESM and PXM do not match. The CLIs tstcon and tstdelay fails for these connections.

Conditions:

One of the identifed conditions is that this problem appears for a low partial-fill value.

Workaround:

Assigning the partial-fill value of 47 sometimes solves the problem.

CSCds38687

Symptom:

FRSM-8T1/E1 takes Invalid (lesser) no. of parameters in the addcon CLI and does not display any error message. This CLI does not require the user to specify the ServType Field in the addcon command. As a result, dspcons or dspcon output shows the ServType field as blank.

Conditions:

This happens when you do not specify the ServType Field in the addcon CLI.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds47676

Symptom:

When the clock level is configured to be STRATUM-3, the PXM trunk card does not receive the STRATUM-3 clock signal. The trunk card still gets the STRATUM-4 clock.

Conditions:

When the clock level is set as STRATUM-3, the Stratum-3 clock signal does not output to the PXM trunk card. The PXM trunk card still gets the Stratum-4 clock. However, the service modules do receive the Stratum-3 clock.

Workaround:

No workaround currently.

CSCds47699

Symptom:

The cnfupcvbr setting incorrect default ingress %util when parm=0.

Condition:

When executing the cnfupcvbr with util% = 0.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds47719

Symptom:

The xdspconstdabr and xdspcon displayed the contents of the first channel, when the channel number was given without the "-chn" prefix. This will cause confusion to the user.

Workaround:

1. Accept the channel number without the "-chn", since the channel number is a required value.

2. Or reject the command, prompt with the help menu: xdspcon -chn <ChanNum>.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds48610

Symptom:

Neither the VBR connections are getting higher bandwidth even when it has higher Maxbwinc values than CBR and ABR VCC's.

Conditions:

This happens when there are different connections (different service types) and the VBR connection's have a higher value of Maxbwinc than the CBR and ABR VCCs.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds48615

Symptom:

The VBR connections are not getting a higher bandwidth even though their CLP-high and CLP-Low values are changed to Q-Max. The cell rate remains the same. Changing these values has no effect on the connections cell rate. The problem has been reported for Algorithm 5.

Conditions:

When the CLP-low and CLP-high values are changed (increased) to Q-Max, 1000.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds51198

Symptom:

RPM-PR crashes in boot mode when in dir c:

Conditions:

This only occurs when RPM-PR is in boot mode. The crash also occurred on an RPM-B in boot mode.

Workaround:

This problem was resolved in IOS IPC code where the crash occurred. The crash occurred when IPC messages got dropped and got out of sequence. The fix prevents this from happening.

CSCds52875

Symptom:

The Ingress/Egress traffic was stopped after the card was reset or upgraded for ports configured for Algorithm 4.The Maxbwinc value is not retained after the reset /upgrade and hence the traffic gets stopped. The value of Maxbwinc is reset to 0 after this action and hence traffic is stopped.

Conditions:

This happens when the card is reset/upgraded.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds52894

Symptom:

1. When the port with all queues was set to Algorithm 4 and Minbwinc= 64. Changed the rtVBR queue to Algorithm 3, the Minbwinc in nrtVBR, ABR, and UBR were set to 0; and the rtVBR Minbwinc= 447.

2. The Maxbwinc in all queues can total up to more than 512, the maximum increment for the T1 card.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds53841

Symptom:

There are six type options available to set the CoS. No ConnServiceType option for rtVBR.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds56829

Symptom:

After switchcc the Standby PXM back card still displays on.

Conditions:

This problem sometimes occurs with E3 back card when switchcc is done.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds59688

Symptom:

CESM/T3 & CESM/E3 failed to upgrade to 10.0.20 version. Both cards stayed in Standby mode. The port and connection disappeared on CESM, but the PXM7 still retained some connection information.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds60827

Symptom:

The FRSM 2CT3 VCCs were configured with CBR and CIR=4240. Since the FRT tester was pum higher data rate, the committed rate was changed to 50000 bps. All corresponding VCCs segments were changed accordingly. The tstcon failed after the change. Other VCCs without change passed tstcon.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds63641

Symptom:

FRSM/T1 in an MGX1 Feeder node, added 470 CBR VCCs on port 1 with script. Tried to add another 500 rtVBR VCCs on port 2, it failed after VCC (35,790). Tried to add with CLI command manually also got rejected. The fail reason was "ConnExceed". The dsptotals showed total VCCs were 761.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds64800

Symptom:

The FRSM/2T3 card was in Active, with 200 VCCs. Then it switched to Standby mode without any cause. The depcd showed it had "Watchdog Timeout Reset". CLI resetcd could not clear it from Standby mode.

Workaround:

Problem under investigation.

CSCds65754

Symptom:

Both PXM modules stuck in boot mode.

Condition:

Unknown.

Workaround:

Clearing the DB directory on slot 7 finally brought slot 7 up. The cause of the problem seemed to be that slot 7 was running 1.1.23 firmware together with the 1.1.31 database.

CSCds78615

Symptom:

Redundant PXM goes into failed state when restoring SM configuration.

Workaround:

None.

Additional Description:

This bug is a duplicate of CSCds69585.

CSCds81277

Symptom:

Adding a slave connection on FRSM-HS1/B returns a wrong Local Connection ID.

Conditions:

When the addcon command is run-on on FRSM-HS1/B Release 1.1.32

Workaround:

Modify the VPI returned by addcon command from 1 to 0.

CSCds81743

Symptoms:

A system error 21205 is sometimes seen after invoking a switchcc.

Conditions:

This sometimes occurs during a switchcc.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds82088

Symptom:

The clrsmcnf gives wrong error message when the card is not present.

Workaround:

Avoid giving empty slot number while executing clrsmcnf.

CSCds82667

Symptom:

Ports are Alarms Free when line and channels are on Alarms.

Conditions:

Unknown.

Workaround:

delchans the ports and lines, then add them.

CSCds82670

Symptom:

delchans causes Telnet session to freeze.

Conditions:

Add about 50 connections (master/slave) on FRSM-HS1/B, then run delchans to delete more than 50 connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds83090

Symptom:

The clrsmcnf times out when deleting a non-existent port on FRSM-8E1.

Conditions:

The clrsmcnf on FRSM-8E1 on MGX 8850 Release 1.1.3Ae.

Workaround:

Unknown

CSCds83131

Symptom:

The clrsmcnf fails after a Service Module is replaced with an RPM.

Condition:

This problem occurs when the Service Module configuration is not cleared before the RPM is inserted.

Workaround:

1. Remove the RPM.

2. Issue clrsmcnf on both SM slots used by the RPM.

3. Reinsert in the RPM.

Note Save RPM config before removing the RPM.

CSCds83554

Symptom:

When doing a graceful upgrade, a system error is sometimes seen.

Conditions:

During an upgrade to 1.1.32.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds83584

Symptom:

The savesmcnf/restoresmcnf are not blocked for RPM cards even though the commands are not supported.

Conditions:

When trying to perform savesmcnf/restoresmcnf for RPM cards.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds84695

Symptom:

Display for slot 14 disappears in MGX 8230.

Conditions:

When an RPM is inserted in slot 6 of an MGX 8230.

Workaround:

The SRM is fully functional and all commands on SRM can be executed. To check the state of SRM card, use CLI dspcd.

Further Problem Description:

When an RPM is inserted in slot 6 it occupies slot numbers 6 and 13. Using a dspcds does not show the details for slot 14 (SRM slot).

CSCds85934

Symptom:

Restoring the SMs configuration takes a long time (8 to 20 mins) using CLI restoresmcnf <slot #>.

Conditions:

Lab Conditions:

PXM version 1.1.31Ae

Lot of connections on the SM

192 conns on CESM-8T1 (took ~ 8mins)

1000 conns on FRSM-8T1E1 (took ~ 20mins)

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This happens because the current configuration of the slot has to be cleared, then each connection must be committed with PAR on a single-connection basis.

CSCds86720

Symptoms:

One end of Frame Forwarding connection is permanently on Alarm.

Conditions:

Add a frame forwarding connection using a DLCI other than 1000.

Workaround:

Delete the connection, then add it using DLCI = 1000.

CSCds86780

Symptom:

The dspcd, dspln, dsplns, dspport, dspports, dspcon, dspcons commands never prompt after adding multiple 3 segment connections.

Conditions:

Add multiple 3 segment connections on MGX-8850 using script.

Workaround:

None

CSCds87189

Symptom:

The RcvLOS count toggles between 0 and 252.

Conditions:

When executing addds1loop/delds1loop.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

None.

CSCds89200

Symptom:

SYSTEM ERROR 20301 logged after deleting a frame forwarding port.

Conditions:

After using the delport command on a frame forwarding port on FRSM-HS1/B,

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

Under Investigation.

CSCds89508

Symptom:

Able to configure the port N393 timer values less than N392.

Conditions:

Configure the port N393 timer values less than N392.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds89838

Symptom:

The delchans command causes SYSTEM ERROR 20404.

Conditions:

Delete 50 three-segments connections on FRSM-HS1/B using delchans command

Workaround:

None.

CSCds90056

Symptoms:

DAX connections on FRSM-HS1/B are free of alarms after removing one of the two cards used to establish those connections.

Conditions:

Remove one FRSM-HS1/B and check the connections status on the remaining side.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds91080

Symptoms:

The addport command with wrong port type causes Data Bus Error.

Condition:

The addport on FRSM-HS1/B using wrong port type (value other than 1, 2 or 3).

Workaround:

Use only valid port type values (1, 2 or 3).

CSCds92204

Symptom:

System Error 20617 caused by delchans command.

Conditions:

Delete multiple connections using delchans command on FRSM-HS2.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt00596

Symptom:

The dspcons command display is not aligned on FRSM-HS2

Conditions:

Add a few connections on FRSM-HS2, then run the dspcons command.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt00613

Symptoms:

The dlecon or delchans commands when deleting connections cause System Error 20300.

Conditions:

Run the delcon or delchans commands to delete a few connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt03252

Symptom:

The tstcon and tstdelay fail for the CESM-T3 to CESM-T3 three-segment connection.

Condition:

A three-segment connection is configured for the CESM-T3 card.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt03580

Symptom:

Ungraceful upgrades of AUSM-8E1 sometimes fail when the configuration for the SM is lost. This problem occurred once.

Conditions:

During an upgrade from 1.1.25 to 1.1.32.

Workaround:

Save all configurations before starting the upgrade. If there is a loss of configuration during the upgrade, restore the original configuration.

CSCdt05474

Symptoms:

A bit alarm on a three-segment connection is not propagated from PXM to FRSM-2T3

Conditions:

Add three-segments connection with wrong remote DLCI on BPX.

Workaround:

Use the correct DLCI on BPX.

CSCdt05984

Symptom:

The xcnfchan command does not display the setup options correctly.

Conditions:

The xcnfchan command on FRSM2-T3/E3

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt07206

Symptom:

On a PXM to PXM feeder connection, when doing a dspchancnt on the ATM port side of the connection, "Discard Cells to Port" shows that cells have been discarded.

Conditions:

This happens on a PXM to PXM feeder connection when the feeder trunk is oversubscribed and hence drops cells in the egress direction. This drop count incorrectly shows up on the dspchancnt of the ATM port end of the feeder connection. This bug applies to all PXM versions up to the version where this bug has been fixed.

Work Around:

None.


.

CSCdm22510

The NNI part of the connection is working correctly. A=0 is being sent from the tester to the local port of the FRSM and the remote port of the FRSM is sending A=0 to the remote port of the tester. However, Test Suite 16 of Bellcore's Frame Relay Protocol Conformance Certification Test Suites states "Since the active/inactive indication is independent of direction, the IUT(FRSM) Local port (DLCI 16) should transmit STATUS messages with ACTIVE status to the local test equipment." In other words port 1(Local port) of the FRSM should also transmit A=1 back to port 1(Local port) of the tester. This is stated in Frame Relay Forum Document No. FRF 2.1 Frame Relay Network-to-Network Interface Implementation Agreement. This was verified by Bellcore Engineers.

The last sentence of the expected results statement: "Since the active/inactive indication is independent of direction, the IUT Local port (DLCI 16) should transmit STATUS messages with ACTIVE status to the local test equipment." is correct as stated. This statement actually reflects a requirement from FRF 2.1 Section 4.2:

"PVC status information from full status reports and optionally from single PVC asynchronous status reports shall be propagated toward the user-to-network interface (UNI) of the multi-network PVC. The PVC status information element active bit state signaled at the NNI is independent of the PVC status information element active bit state signaled in the other direction at the same NNI."

Bidirectional status signaling requires that a user-side process and a network-side process execute concurrently. Nowhere in the requirements, Annex A, Annex D, FRF 2.1 does it state that these processes share information. They are totally independent. PVC status is signaled to the local user based on the service affecting conditions or PVC status signaled from the remote user side.

Polling Requirements of Network-to-network Interfaces

Two sets of sequence numbers and local in-channel signaling parameters are administered for the network-to-network interface as shown below; see the table for parameter ranges and default values.

User-side procedures: T391, N391, N392, and N393

Network-side procedures: T392, N392, and N393

The table below summarizes the acceptable values when using bidirectional procedures at the NNI. The default values should be used as the actual system parameter values. Parameter values other than the default values are a subscription time option. Procedures for starting and stop T391 and T392 are described in Q.933 Annex A.

Table 1 NNI System Parameters

Name
Range
Default
Units
Definition

N391

1-255

6

Polling Cycles

Full status (status of all PVCs) polling cycles.

N392

1-10

3

Errors

Number of errors during N393 monitored events which cause the channel/user side procedures to be declared inactive. This number may also be used by the user side procedures as the number of errors during N393 monitored events which cause the network side procedures to be declared inactive.

N393

1-10

4

Events

Monitored events count.

T391

5-30

10

Seconds

Link integrity verification polling timer.

T392

5-30

15

Seconds

Timer for verification of polling cycle.


Both networks are required to initiate status enquiry messages based on T391. A full status report is requested each N391 (default 6) polling cycles. Both networks shall have the same values for T391, T392, N392, and N393 for both user side procedures and network side procedures; N391 is not required to have the same value in both networks.

PVC status information from full status reports and optionally from single PVC asynchronous status reports shall be propagated towards the user-to-network interface (UNI) of the multi-network PVC. The PVC status information element active bit state signaled at the NNI is independent of the PVC status information element active bit state signaled in the other direction at the same NNI.


Note In addition, when a PVC segment's active/inactive status has changed, or a PVC segment has been newly added or deleted, the network should respond to any poll (i.e., status enquiry) with a full status report. Alternatively, the network may generate a single PVC asynchronous status report to convey the PVC segment's status change.


Known Anomalies for RPM release 12.1(1)T

1. The show rscprtn command on RPM will always display the state as "out of sync". This does not necessarily mean that the config on the PXM and RPM are out of sync. The PXM software 1.1.23 does not fully recognize a particular message from RPM and hence assumes that it is out of sync.

The user will still be able to add the connections. The only side effect is that there will be a syslog entry (and a message on the console, if not under Telnet) every five minutes.

2. WRED feature on the PA-A3 RPM is not functionally working.

Known Anomalies for RPM Release 12.0(5)T1

These RPM anomalies are tied to its function with the MGX 8850. For generic IOS issues, refer to the 12.0.5T1 release notes.

Under heavy load conditions from multiple sources, RPM performance may degrade (CSCdk91818)

Some RPMs may not boot when more than 8 RPMs are booting simultaneously from the PXM hard disk (CSCdm14987)

UBR connection for RPM is not supported from CWM, even though the CLI can support it


Note For more details refer to the CWM Release 9.2.05 release notes part number 78-6659-05


The ABR service type is not supported in 12.0.5T1/120.5.T1 release of MGX/RPM but the CLI does not restrict the provisioning.

Under heavy load conditions the counter (input queue size, packet output byte size) values reported may be incorrect particularly with Tag VP configuration.

It is required to allow OSPF and MPLS to converge while adding connections continuously. Otherwise, it will load the CPU and cause CPUHOG condition. Under such condition the IPC channel is not serviced which in turn will cause PXM to declare RPM in Failed state.

This problem will not occur when either enough time is given to the protocols to converge or the newly added connections are just added without enabling these protocols, and later these protocols are enabled on them.

To avoid this condition, you may limit the tag PVP connections to 75 or fewer. Above this, the TDP updates may create a CPUHOG condition (with CPU utilization very high). This in turn will break the IPC channel between PXM and RPM, and PXM will declare the RPM as Failed.

It is not recommended to shut the switch interface. Doing so will remove the connection to the MGX cell-bus and all connections will go down. It also generates some trace back error messages, which are benign. The 120-5.T image does not provide any caution or warning when the command is entered.

In some instances you may see RPM_VIRTUAL_PORT-3-IPCERR indicating that RPM was not able to convey the existing virtual port information to PXM. This situation is more likely to happen after clrallcnf is executed or the card is reset. At this point the connection database gets out of sync between RPM and PXM, and RPM experienced a problem in connection resync. However the connection eventually comes up successfully.

If not, the saved config needs to be copied to running config by "copy" command.

In multi-point configuration with inverse ARP, it is recommended to decrease the frequency from the default value of 15 min to 1 min.

If you are unable to overwrite on an existing config file on PXM disk and are getting the:

%error opening c: filename (bad file number)

message then delete:

(rm <filename>)

the existing file and then copy the new file.

In 120-5.T release when RPM re-loads, the "Status" column in the output of the "show switch connections" command show "MISMATCH" for all the connections or for a few connections even though the connections are fine and traffic passes through them without any problem.

If the PVC leg of the connections is added using the pvc command, then the "VCD" is chosen automatically for those PVCs. If the RPM is reloaded, then these VCD values might change. If they do change, then those connections will appear in the mismatched state.

This condition does not affect traffic. The problem can be avoided by using the atm pvc command which requires the user to specify the VCD value explicitly in the command. The "show switch connections nextvcd" command can be used to determine a VCD value that can be used with the atm pvc command.

In the event that the pvc commands were used and the connections go into the mismatched state, they can be cleaned up by re-adding the affected connections or if all the connections are affected and all of them are in the mismatched state, they can all be re-added using the "copy startup-config running-config" command.

This problem is fixed in the 120-5.T1 release.

RPM Configuration Examples for MPLS-based Virtual Private Networks

The following are MPLS VPN examples with MGX/RPM. These examples will be included in the online version of the Cisco RPM Installation and Configuration publication.

One PE - Two CE Configuration

The following is a one PE and two CE VPN configuration.


Note Both RPMs are in the same shelf or chassis.



                        e10/1/2
     +---------+e0/1          +---------+    PVC       +----------+ e14/1/2
     |  CE1    |--------------|  PE1    |--------------|  PE2     |------+
     | sys-2-1 |      +-------|         |sw1.1    sw1.1|          |      |
     +---------+      |       +---------+              +----------+      |
         | e0/3       | e10/1/3                                          |
         |            |                                                  |
         | e0/2       |                                                  |
     +---------+      |                                +----------+ e0/1 |
     |  CE3    |------+                                |  CE2     |------+
     | sys-2-2 |e0/1          PE1 ==> RPM-18-110       | sys-2-4  |
     +---------+              PE2 ==> RPM-18-114       +----------+

One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & EBGP between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration:


sys-2-1#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-1
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3620-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 12.12.12.12 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.1 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 50.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 ip address 52.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 redistribute bgp 101
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 12.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 52.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 101
 no synchronization
 network 12.0.0.0
 network 13.0.0.0
 network 50.0.0.0
 network 51.0.0.0
 network 52.0.0.0
 neighbor 50.0.0.2 remote-as 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-1#
sys-2-1#


CE2 Configuration


sys-2-4#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-4
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 14.14.14.14 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.4 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 53.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 redistribute bgp 102
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 14.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 102
 no synchronization
 network 14.0.0.0
 network 53.0.0.0
 neighbor 53.0.0.1 remote-as 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-4#
sys-2-4#


CE3 Configuration:


sys-2-2#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-2
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 13.13.13.13 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.2 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 51.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 ip address 52.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 redistribute bgp 101
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 13.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 52.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 101
 no synchronization
 network 12.0.0.0
 network 13.0.0.0
 network 50.0.0.0
 network 51.0.0.0
 network 52.0.0.0
 neighbor 51.0.0.1 remote-as 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-2#
sys-2-2#


PE1 Configuration:


rpm-18-110#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-110
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 11.11.11.11 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.110 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 50.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 51.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface FastEthernet2/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 30 30 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 30
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 60 60 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 60
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 passive-interface Ethernet1/3
 network 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 remote-as 100
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 neighbor 50.0.0.1 remote-as 101
 neighbor 50.0.0.1 activate
 neighbor 51.0.0.2 remote-as 101
 neighbor 51.0.0.2 activate
 no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 activate
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!         
x25 host shorun
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-110.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.2 30 rslot 0 3 30 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 14 1 50
addcon vpc switch 1.3 60 rslot 0 4 60 master local
end       
rpm-18-110#
rpm-18-110#
rpm-18-110#


PE2 Configuration:


rpm-18-114#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-114
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 10.10.10.10 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.114 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 53.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 bandwidth 100
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 40 40 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 40
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 20 20 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 20
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 remote-as 100
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 neighbor 53.0.0.2 remote-as 102
 neighbor 53.0.0.2 activate
 no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 activate
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-114.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.3 20 rslot 0 2 20 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.2 40 rslot 0 1 40
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 10 1 50 master local
end       
rpm-18-114#

One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & RIP between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration


sys-2-1#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-1
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3620-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 12.12.12.12 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.1 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 50.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 ip address 52.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router rip
 version 2
 network 12.0.0.0
 network 50.0.0.0
 network 52.0.0.0
 no auto-summary
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-1#
sys-2-1#


CE2 Configuration


sys-2-4#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-4
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 14.14.14.14 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.4 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 53.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router rip
 version 2
 network 14.0.0.0
 network 53.0.0.0
 no auto-summary
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-4#
sys-2-4#
sys-2-4#


CE3 Configuration


sys-2-2#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-2
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 13.13.13.13 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.2 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 51.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 ip address 52.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router rip
 version 2
 network 13.0.0.0
 network 51.0.0.0
 network 52.0.0.0
 no auto-summary
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
!         
x25 host shorun
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-2#
sys-2-2#


PE1 Configuration


rpm-18-110#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-110
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 11.11.11.11 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.110 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 50.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 51.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface FastEthernet2/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 30 30 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 30
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 60 60 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 60
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 passive-interface Ethernet1/3
 network 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 50.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 51.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router rip
 version 2
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 version 2
 redistribute bgp 100 metric 2
 network 50.0.0.0
 network 51.0.0.0
 no auto-summary
 exit-address-family
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 remote-as 100
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 redistribute rip
no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 activate
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-110.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.2 30 rslot 0 3 30 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 14 1 50
addcon vpc switch 1.3 60 rslot 0 4 60 master local
end       
rpm-18-110#
rpm-18-110#


PE2 Configuration


rpm-18-114#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-114
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 10.10.10.10 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.114 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 53.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 bandwidth 100
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Switch1
no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 40 40 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 40
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 20 20 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 20
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 53.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router rip
 version 2
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 version 2
 redistribute bgp 100 metric 2
 network 53.0.0.0
 no auto-summary
 exit-address-family
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 remote-as 100
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 redistribute rip
 no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 activate
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
no ip http server
!         
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-114.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.3 20 rslot 0 2 20 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.2 40 rslot 0 1 40
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 10 1 50 master local
end       
rpm-18-114#
rpm-18-114#
rpm-18-114#


One PE - Two CE Configuration - OSPF & IBPG Between PEs & STATIC ROUTES between PE-CE

CE1 Configuration


sys-2-1#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-1
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3620-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 12.12.12.12 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.1 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 50.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 ip address 52.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 12.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 50.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 52.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet0/1 50.0.0.2
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-1#
sys-2-1#


CE2 Configuration


sys-2-4#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-4
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 14.14.14.14 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
 ip address 3.3.30.4 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 53.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 14.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 53.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet0/1 53.0.0.1
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-4#



CE3 Configuration


sys-2-2#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname sys-2-2
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/c3640-js-mz.120-5.0.2.T2 3.3.0.1
logging buffered 4096 debugging
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!
ip cef
cns event-service server
!         
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 13.13.13.13 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/0
ip address 3.3.30.2 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Ethernet0/1
 ip address 51.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/2
 ip address 52.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet0/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/0
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Serial1/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/2
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
interface Serial1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 shutdown 
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet0/1
 network 13.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 51.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 52.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet0/1 51.0.0.1
no ip http server
!         
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
!         
end       
sys-2-2#
sys-2-2#
sys-2-2#


PE1 Configuration


rpm-18-110#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-110
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 11.11.11.11 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.110 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 50.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 51.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 shutdown 
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface FastEthernet2/1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 30 30 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 30
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 60 60 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 60
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 passive-interface Ethernet1/3
 network 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 50.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 51.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 remote-as 100
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 redistribute connected
 redistribute static
 no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 activate
 neighbor 10.10.10.10 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
ip route vrf vpn1 12.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/2 50.0.0.1
ip route vrf vpn1 13.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 51.0.0.2
ip route vrf vpn1 50.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/2 50.0.0.1
ip route vrf vpn1 51.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 51.0.0.2
ip route vrf vpn1 52.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/2 50.0.0.1
ip route vrf vpn1 52.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 51.0.0.2
no ip http server
!
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!
!
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login
!
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-110.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.2 30 rslot 0 3 30 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 14 1 50
addcon vpc switch 1.3 60 rslot 0 4 60 master local
end       
rpm-18-110#
rpm-18-110#
rpm-18-110#



PE2 Configuration


rpm-18-114#sho run
Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
version 12.0
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm-18-114
!
boot system tftp mpls/12.0/rpm-js-mz.120-5.T.bin 3.3.0.1
no logging console
!
!
!
!
!
clock timezone EST -5
clock summer-time EDT recurring
ip subnet-zero
no ip domain-lookup
ip host ios-lab-fw 3.3.0.1
!         
!         
ip vrf vpn1
 rd 100:1 
 route-target export 100:1
 route-target import 100:1
ip cef    
cns event-service server
!         
!         
process-max-time 200
!         
interface Loopback0
 ip address 10.10.10.10 255.255.255.255
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Loopback1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
!         
interface Ethernet1/1
 ip address 3.3.18.114 255.255.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no keepalive
!         
interface Ethernet1/2
 bandwidth 100
 ip vrf forwarding vpn1
 ip address 53.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 tag-switching ip
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Ethernet1/3
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
!         
interface Ethernet1/4
 bandwidth 100
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no ip mroute-cache
 no fair-queue
!         
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no ip directed-broadcast
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
!         
interface Switch1.1 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 50 50 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 50
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.2 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 40 40 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 40
 tag-switching ip
!         
interface Switch1.3 tag-switching
 ip unnumbered Loopback0
 no ip directed-broadcast
 atm pvc 20 20 0 aal5snap
 tag-switching atm vp-tunnel 20
 tag-switching ip
!         
router ospf 100
 passive-interface Ethernet1/2
 network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
 network 53.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100
!         
router bgp 100
 no synchronization
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 remote-as 100
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 update-source Loopback0
 !        
 address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
 redistribute connected
 redistribute static
 no auto-summary
 no synchronization
 exit-address-family
 !        
 address-family vpnv4
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 activate
 neighbor 11.11.11.11 send-community extended
 exit-address-family
!         
ip default-gateway 3.3.0.1
no ip classless
ip route vrf vpn1 14.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/2 53.0.0.2
ip route vrf vpn1 53.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet1/2 53.0.0.2
no ip http server
!         
dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit
dialer-list 1 protocol ipx permit
!         
!         
line con 0
 exec-timeout 0 0
 transport input none
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 password lab
 login    
!         
exception core-file mpls/mgx/dumps/rpm-18-114.core
rpmrscprtn PAR 100 100 0 255 0 3840 4047
addcon vpc switch 1.3 20 rslot 0 2 20 master local
addcon vpc switch 1.2 40 rslot 0 1 40
addcon vpc switch 1.1 50 rslot 10 1 50 master local
end       
rpm-18-114#

Route Processor Module (RPM) Addendum

This section describes the installation requirements and guidelines for RPM modules installed with Release 1.1.32. These features are available only with Cisco IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT

About the Cisco IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT Release

The Cisco IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT with MGX Release 1.1.32 provides support for:

RPM-PR in any MGX chassis
(Note: RPM-PR is FCS with Release 1.1.32. GA is targeted for Release 1.1.34.)

RPM/Bs in an MGX 8230 chassis

Multiple RPM card types

IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT offers no other new software features for the RPM.

RPM Compatibility Matrix

MGX SW version
1.1.24
1.1.31
1.1.32

"Bundled" IOS SW version

12.1(3)T

12.1(3)T

12.1(5.3)T_XT

IOS Version for RPM-PR

not supported

not supported

12.1(5.3)T_XT*

IOS for RPM/B in MGX 8230

not supported

not supported

12.1(5.3)T_XT

CWM

9.2.08

10.3

10.4

Note *Support for RPM-PR is FCS with Release 1.1.32. General Availability of RPM-PR is targeted with Release 1.1.34.


Special Upgrade Requirements for RPM

This section describes procedures for graceful firmware/hardware upgrades and downgrades in nodes.

General Upgrade/Downgrade Guidelines

To perform an upgrade, the PXM should be upgraded first.

To perform a downgrade, the RPM should be downgraded first.

With any PXM release, only the last two IOS releases are supported


Warning Users should thoroughly read and understand the "Known Anomalies (RPM)" section before attempting these procedures.


The following upgrade instructions are included in this section:

Upgrade the RPM Firmware

Upgrade a RPM/B Module to RPM-PR

Install an RPM-PR Module in a Fresh Slot

Operate an RPM/B or RPM-PR in an MGX 8230 Chassis

Upgrade the RPM Firmware


Step 1 Verify that any RPM modules are running one of the prior two IOS releases on the running PXM image. If not, the RPMs must first be upgraded to one of the last two releases.

Example: if the PXM is running a 1.1.24 image, then the RPM(s) should be running with the boot image and either the 12.1(2)XT or 12.1(3)T IOS release.

Step 2 TFTP the PXM new firmware image and RPM new boot image, IOS image to PXM disk.

Step 3 Follow the PXM graceful upgrade procedure to upgrade the PXM.

Step 4 Burn the latest RPM boot image in the RPM's flash.

a. Use of the format command to erase the flash is NOT recommended.

b. First copy the new RPM boot image to its flash.

c. Verify that the boot image is the first file in the flash.

d. Use the command dir bootflash: and delete all the files one by one till the new boot image file is shown as the first file.


Note Note that the copy command may return an error reporting a lack of space on the bootflash. If this occurs, delete some files from the bootflash and perform squeeze bootflash: to free that space. Then, try the copy command again.


Step 5 Modify the configuration file on the RPM(s) to point to the desired RPM IOS image. Use write memory to write it to the NVRAM. This will also write it to the C: drive if boot config C:auto_config_slotxx has been specified.

Step 6 Reset the RPM card so it can come up with the configured IOS image.

Step 7 Once the RPM successfully comes up, issue a squeeze bootflash: command to permanently erase the flash files deleted in Step 4.


Upgrade a RPM/B Module to RPM-PR

RPM-PR requires IOS Release 12.1(5.3)T or higher.


Caution Graceful hardware downgrades are not supported. Once a RPM/B card is replaced with a RPM-PR card, the RPM/B card can not be re-installed. If an attempt is made to re-install the RPM/B, the module will be put into 'Mismatch'.


Step 1 Insert the RPM-PR in a test node.

Step 2 Copy the new RPM boot image to the flash. Verify that boot image is the first file in the flash.

Step 3 Modify the configuration file to:

a. point to the latest RPM IOS image.

b. Verify that the RPM/B is configured to pick the configuration file from the C: drive. This is done using 'show bootvar' and checking for the 'CONFIG_FILE' variable. If the variable is set, add 'boot config C:auto_config_slotxx' to the configuration of RPM-PR.

c. Use "write memory" to write this configuration file to the NVRAM.

Step 4 Verify the following before inserting the RPM-PR in the node:

The PXM must be running a minimum firmware release of 1.1.32.

If replacing a RPM/B card when the PXM is running 1.1.32, verify that the RPM is a standalone card. 1.1.32 does not support a mix of card types in the same redundancy group. First replace the standalone RPM/B cards, and then add the 1:N redundancy. Support for mixed cards in a redundancy group is targeted with Release 1.1.40.


Install an RPM-PR Module in a Fresh Slot

This section contains instructions to insert an RPM-PR card in a fresh slot. RPM-PR requires IOS Release 12.1(5.3)T_XT or higher.


Step 1 Insert the RPM-PR in a test node.

Step 2 Copy the new RPM boot image to the flash. Verify that boot image is the first file in the flash.

Step 3 Modify the configuration file to point to the latest RPM IOS image. Use write memory to write the configuration file to the NVRAM.

Step 4 Verify the PXM is running a minimum firmware release of 1.1.32 before inserting the RPM-PR.


Operate an RPM/B or RPM-PR in an MGX 8230 Chassis


Step 1 Verify that MGX 1.1.32 is loaded on the PXM.

Step 2 Load IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT onto the MGX 8230 C: drive.


Note A copy of IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT may be obtained at the Cisco Software Center
http://www.cisco.com/public/sw-center/

The filename is: rpm-js-mz.121-5.3.T_XT

A laptop or workstation with an IP stack will be required to access this FTP location.


Step 3 Boot the RPM/B and copy the IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT image to the RPM/B flash.

Step 4 Reboot the RPM/B with the IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT image.


New CLI Commands for RPM

The new CLI commands for the Route Processor Module are:

atm (ping command)

debug rpm ecc

debug rpm ecc [number]


Note For configuration information on the Route Processor Module (RPM), see the Cisco Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide.


ATM ping command for the RPM

This command provides a single point of reference from which troubleshooting can be performed along with the round-trip transit time information. The command syntax is:

atm <switch interface> <vpi> <vci> {seg-loopback | end-loopback} [<repeat>] [<timeout>]

For example, issuing the command "atm sw1.200 0 300 end-loopback" would five, 53 byte OAM echoes to the connection end-point over VPI 0, VCI 300 and provide a reliability and round-trip time measurement. The command can be extended so that the default repeat and timeout values can be modified. The command can be issued even when the OAM management is configured to run periodic background test on the same vc. The user can abort the command by the escape sequence before the command finishes.

debug rpm ecc

This new CLI command displays the number of ECC errors since the system was booted.

debug rpm ecc [number]

This new CLI command allows an administrator to determine the number of ECC errors (since the system was booted) that will result in a switch over.

Notes and Cautions (RPM)

RPM-PR Back Ethernet Card Support

For Ethernet connectivity with the RPM-PR, the model "/B" four-port Ethernet back card is required (order number: MGX-RJ45-4E/B).

RPM/B Ethernet Back Card Support

The model "/B" four-port Ethernet back card can be used with the RPM/B module only in combination with IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT or higher. The model "/B" back card will not work on the RPM/B with earlier versions of the IOS.

The order number is order number: MGX-RJ45-4E/B.

Older back cards can be used with any version of the IOS.

4-port Ethernet back card used with RPM/B
Required IOS

model "/B" back card

12.1(5.3)T_XT or later

earlier back card models

any IOS


Limitations

CWM does not distinguish between the Ethernet back card versions installed with the RPM/B or RPM-PR. There is no functionality difference. The ability for CWM to distinguish between the Ethernet back card revisions is planned, but there is no targeted release at this time.

Known Anomalies (RPM)

The following is a list of known anomalies relating to the use of IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT with MGX 1.1.32 and CWM 10.4.

Bug ID
Description

CSCdp89717

Symptom:

Cannot cc to RPM in ipfrtx40 slot 4.

Conditions:

Sometimes in heavy traffic cases, after switchcc RMM fails to open IPC port. But card is not declared as failed on PXM because heartbeat is going through and any attempt to cc to this card fails.

Workaround:

Check the console of RPM and if it IPC has failed, reset the card either from console (using reload command) or from PXM (using resetcd <slotno> command).

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCdp96632

Symptom:

Table rpm_port parameter will have -1 value even the port is in active state.

Conditions:

This happens when the state of interface is retrieved from PXM for the RPM through .CF file

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The rpm_port parameter table has wrong value because the status given by RPM does not match the values expected by MIB definitions. As a result, the retrieved values show the wrong status.

CSCdr18793

Symptom:

Using multi-vc with VPN reports "BADVCD" error.

Conditions:

This happens when mulit-vc is used with VPN.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr25038

Symptom

There are times when we are not able to send the cc frame to the RPM card and as such not able to do a cc.

Conditions:

If SCM is busy talking to RPM then the cc frame gets lost and we are not able to go to the card.

Workaround:

cc is successful the second time.

CSCdr43183

Symptom:

When a Route Processor Module (RPM) card is stressed with high loads in an MPLS network, the RPM might reset itself.

Conditions:

When the stress test input (300 subinterfaces) rate was increased from 19 Mbps to 23 Mbps, the RPM card in slot 10 of the TX node reset itself. The test was repeated at 21 Mbps but the reset did not occur since cells were being dropped continuously across the cell bus to the RPM.

Workaround:

None.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCdr55547

Symptom:

RPMs are sending idle cells at OC-3/OC-6 rate toward the QE0 devices, which will consume QE bandwidth and compete with normal user traffic.

Conditions:

The Queue Engine-0 (QE-0) bandwidth (OC-6) is shared between slots 1-6, 9-14, and Processor Switching Module (PXM) ports. Back pressure from the QE to the Route Processor Modules (RPMs) will result if the RPMs try to send at higher rate than the QE can handle. The back pressure will cause each card to send cell/idle-cells at a rate slower than the OC-3 rate.

Workaround:

As long as users have the right cell bus clock rate configured this bug is not a problem.

If there is only one card situated in the pair-slot: Configure cell bus speed to 21 MHz.

If there are two RPM cards situated in the pair-slot: Configure cell speed to 42 MHz.

The cell bus speed is provisioned through a user CLI command: cfgcbclk.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCds12647

Symptom:

From Cisco Wan Manager, v9.2.07 Connection Manager, customer tries to create a new nrtVBR3 connection on MGX 8850. There are three passwords: login, password, and RPM enable password. Customer has verified that:

login = PXM login password
password = PXM password
RPM enable password = RPM enable password

In order to connect to this device using Connection Manager, customer must configure on the MGX the RPM vty password and enable password as the same.

This is NOT ACCEPTABLE due to a possible security breach. If a customer knows the vty login, then they will also know the enable password to the RPM.

Workaround:

None

Problem Occurrence:

Every time.

CSCds25533

Symptom:

On 8230 chassis, slots 13 and 14 will disappear if the RPM is in slot 6.

Conditions:

On 8230 chassis, 14 slots are available and dspcds will show all 14 slots. If the RPM is configured in slot 6, it will occupy slots 6 and 13. dspcds will then show only 12 slots. The node will not send proper TFTP file upon resynch, thus connections cannot be established.

Workaround:

None.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCds26993

Symptom:

Starting and stopping (shutdown, no shutdown) the Fast Ethernet controller sometimes causes the controller to suspend.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when starting and stopping the FE controller.

Workaround:

None.

Problem Occurrence:

Intermittent.

CSCds43595

Symptom:

Cannot cc to RPM when traffic is pumping.

Conditions:

When using PXM 1.1.30 with traffic pumping through the PXM port 4 with 300 connections, then cc 10 (to the RPM) cannot be executed. When the traffic is stopped, it is able to do the cc 10 cmd.

Workaround:

This is a known system limitation. No workaround.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCds44401

Symptom:

Cannot restore configuration using restore allcnf.

Conditions:

If you store the all config using the saveallcnf and then issue clrallcnf.

Workaround:

restoreallcnf is not supported in RPM.

Problem Occurrence:

The problem is easily reproducible.

CSCds44876

Symptom:

Problem occurs when a 7200 is connected to an RPM via Fast Ethernet. Starting and stopping (shutdown, no shutdown) the FE controller may sometimes cause the 7200 to not recognize the RPM connection as seen by the command show ip interface brief.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when starting and stopping the FE controller.

Workaround:

If the RPM FE needs to be restarted, reboot the RPM.

Problem Occurrence:

Intermittent.

CSCds47808

Symptom:

RPM freezes when running in MPLS network.

Conditions:

RPM was running fine in MPLS network until it froze suddenly. There was no response from the console port of the RPM. When the card was reseated, errors were returned stating "Failed to create vc". This message was repeated across the console and the RPM could not finish booting up. Card needs to be replaced.

Workaround:

None.

Problem Occurrence:

Cannot reproduce.

CSCds49674

Symptom:

RPM-PR may occasionally come up with a wrong and random MAC address.

Conditions:

This problem happens occasionally when RPM-PR is reloaded.

Workaround:

Reset RPM-PR card.

Problem Occurrence:

Intermittent.

CSCds56576

Symptom:

The rpmrscprt command doesn't send resource partition to PXM on reboot.

Conditions:

When a brand new RPM is plugged into a clean slot.

Workaround:

Manual resource partition.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCds63816

Symptom:

RPM-PR reboots itself.

Conditions:

Pumping traffic through all 1990 vrf interfaces over long period of time.

Problem Occurrence:

Occasionally.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCds64619

Symptom:

Packets from all PVCs are dropped on the ingress interface when only some of the egress PVCs are severely oversubscribed. Dropping packets includes OSPF hellos what causes OSPF neighbor adjacency to go down periodically.

Conditions:

Some of the PVCs are congested (sending the traffic to the engress above PCR configured on the particular PVC).

Problem Occurrence:

This happens every time traffic is sent above PVC on number of connections. The more severe congestion, the faster the issue can be seen.

Workaround:

Set PCR values on the egress PVCs to handle incoming traffic. Use traffic policing to prevent oversubscription of the egress PVCs.

CSCds65735

Symptom:

There is no indication on the serial CE interface about PE interface failure.

Conditions:

The configuration is:

CE (router) --Frame Relay-----MGX feeder----atm-----BPX ------ PE(RPM)

Problem Occurrence:

Every time something happens with PE interface the information is not propagated to CE (the interface is up).

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCds74994

Symptom:

RPM-PR reloads when adding 2000 multipoints and point-to-point connections.

Conditions:

When adding connections using script, RPM reloads on 1233 multipoint connections.

Workaround:

Keep connection at or below 1000.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCds88031

Symptom:

The secondary RPM is reset after switchcc.

Conditions:

This occurs in the secondary RPM card (of a redundant pair)

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

This happens intermittently: It happens more frequently when the secondary card is active.

CSCds91014

Symptom:

An RPM card that is part of a redundant group, can go into "Not responding" state upon doing Softswitch: switchcc dspcds will then show the card as "Not responding" and dspred will show it as "Failed".

This happens intermittently.

Conditions:

This occurs when a Softswitch is performed from the primary to the secondary card, immediately followed by switchcc.

Workaround:

Reset the card.

CSCds92523

Symptom:

On the MGX 8230, tstcon/tstdelay failed on the connections between RPM and FRSM/AUSM, even though the traffic can go through these connections. This does not happen with the MGX 8250.

Conditions:

Unknown.

Work Around:

Unknown.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCdt02434

Symptom:

After clrsmcnf, when the RPM card comes up, the PXM does not get the information on the switch main interface.

Condition:

Always upon clrsmcnf.

Workaround:

Reset the RPM card.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.

CSCdt03134

Symptom:

Export map does not work properly when BGP running between PE and CE.

Conditions:

Configure one of the subnet (174.42.1.0) with site 5 can also communicate to one of the subnet(171.162.1.0) with site 6t (using route map and access list test results show that when BGP running between CE and PE, PE does not advertise the customer downstream subnet, only advertise the customer switch subinterface subnet.

Work Around:

Not known.

Problem Occurrence:

Reproducible.


Problems Fixed with IOS 12.1(5.3)T_XT

Please refer to the IOS 12.1 Release Notes at:

http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios121/121relnt/index.htm

Known Anomalies from Previous Releases

Please refer to the IOS Release Notes for previous releases.

Obtaining Documentation

The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.

World Wide Web

You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following sites:

http://www.cisco.com

http://www-china.cisco.com

http://www-europe.cisco.com

Documentation CD-ROM

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or as an annual subscription.

Ordering Documentation

Cisco documentation is available in the following ways:

Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco Product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace:

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl

Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online Subscription Store:

http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription

Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS(6387).

Documentation Feedback

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco.

You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com.

To submit your comments by mail, use the response card behind the front cover of your document, or write to the following address:

Attn Document Resource Connection
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883

We appreciate your comments.

Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.

Cisco.com

Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.

Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available.

Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information and services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical support, and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco.

To access Cisco.com, go to the following website:

http://www.cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

The Cisco TAC website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract.

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website

If you have a priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problem, contact TAC by going to the TAC website:

http://www.cisco.com/tac

P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:

P3—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue.

P4—You need information or assistance on Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration.

In each of the above cases, use the Cisco TAC website to quickly find answers to your questions.

To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website:

http://www.cisco.com/register/

If you cannot resolve your technical issue by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following website:

http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

Contacting TAC by Telephone

If you have a priority level 1(P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and immediately open a case. To obtain a directory of toll-free numbers for your country, go to the following website:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml

P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:

P1—Your production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available.

P2—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of your business operations. No workaround is available.


[an error occurred while processing this directive]